LLVM 24.0.0git
TargetLowering.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===- llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h - Target Lowering Info -----*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8///
9/// \file
10/// This file describes how to lower LLVM code to machine code. This has two
11/// main components:
12///
13/// 1. Which ValueTypes are natively supported by the target.
14/// 2. Which operations are supported for supported ValueTypes.
15/// 3. Cost thresholds for alternative implementations of certain operations.
16///
17/// In addition it has a few other components, like information about FP
18/// immediates.
19///
20//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
21
22#ifndef LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
23#define LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
24
25#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
26#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
46#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
47#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
48#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
51#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
58#include <algorithm>
59#include <cassert>
60#include <climits>
61#include <cstdint>
62#include <map>
63#include <string>
64#include <utility>
65#include <vector>
66
67namespace llvm {
68
69class AssumptionCache;
70class CCState;
71class CCValAssign;
74class Constant;
75class FastISel;
77class GlobalValue;
78class Loop;
80class IntrinsicInst;
81class IRBuilderBase;
82struct KnownBits;
83class LLVMContext;
85class MachineFunction;
86class MachineInstr;
88class MachineLoop;
90class MCContext;
91class MCExpr;
92class Module;
95class TargetMachine;
96class MCRegisterClass;
100class Value;
101class VPIntrinsic;
102
103namespace Sched {
104
106 None, // No preference
107 Source, // Follow source order.
108 RegPressure, // Scheduling for lowest register pressure.
109 Hybrid, // Scheduling for both latency and register pressure.
110 ILP, // Scheduling for ILP in low register pressure mode.
111 VLIW, // Scheduling for VLIW targets.
112 Fast, // Fast suboptimal list scheduling
113 Linearize, // Linearize DAG, no scheduling
114 Last = Linearize // Marker for the last Sched::Preference
115};
116
117} // end namespace Sched
118
119// MemOp models a memory operation, either memset or memcpy/memmove.
120struct MemOp {
121private:
122 enum class MemOpKind {
123 Memset,
124 MemsetWithZero, // memset the memory with zeros
125 Memcpy, // copy memory from source to destination, source and destination do
126 // not overlap
127 MemcpyStrSrc, // memcpy source is an in-register constant, so it does not
128 // need to be loaded
129 Memmove, // memmove: like memcpy, but source and destination regions may
130 // overlap
131 };
132
133 // Shared
134 uint64_t Size;
135 bool DstAlignCanChange; // true if destination alignment can satisfy any
136 // constraint.
137 Align DstAlign; // Specified alignment of the memory operation.
138
139 bool IsVolatile;
140 MemOpKind Kind;
141 Align SrcAlign; // Inferred alignment of the source or default value if the
142 // memory operation does not need to load the value.
143public:
144 static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
145 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile,
146 bool MemcpyStrSrc = false) {
147 MemOp Op;
148 Op.Size = Size;
149 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
150 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
151 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
152 Op.Kind = MemcpyStrSrc ? MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc : MemOpKind::Memcpy;
153 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
154 return Op;
155 }
156
157 static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
158 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile) {
159 MemOp Op;
160 Op.Size = Size;
161 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
162 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
163 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
164 Op.Kind = MemOpKind::Memmove;
165 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
166 return Op;
167 }
168
169 static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
170 bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile) {
171 MemOp Op;
172 Op.Size = Size;
173 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
174 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
175 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
176 Op.Kind = IsZeroMemset ? MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero : MemOpKind::Memset;
177 return Op;
178 }
179
180 uint64_t size() const { return Size; }
182 assert(!DstAlignCanChange);
183 return DstAlign;
184 }
185 bool isFixedDstAlign() const { return !DstAlignCanChange; }
186 bool isVolatile() const { return IsVolatile; }
187 bool isMemset() const {
188 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memset || Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero;
189 }
190 bool isMemcpy() const {
191 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memcpy || Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc;
192 }
193 bool isMemmove() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::Memmove; }
194 bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const { return isMemcpy() || isMemmove(); }
196 return isMemcpyOrMemmove() && !DstAlignCanChange;
197 }
198 bool isZeroMemset() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero; }
199 bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc; }
201 assert(isMemcpyOrMemmove() && "Must be a memcpy or memmove");
202 return SrcAlign;
203 }
204 bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
205 return isMemset() || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, SrcAlign.value());
206 }
207 bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
208 return DstAlignCanChange || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, DstAlign.value());
209 }
210 bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
211 return isSrcAligned(AlignCheck) && isDstAligned(AlignCheck);
212 }
213};
214
215/// This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent
216/// parts that can be used from the rest of CodeGen.
218public:
219 /// This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not,
220 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
222 Legal, // The target natively supports this operation.
223 Promote, // This operation should be executed in a larger type.
224 Expand, // Try to expand this to other ops, otherwise use a libcall.
225 LibCall, // Don't try to expand this to other ops, always use a libcall.
226 Custom // Use the LowerOperation hook to implement custom lowering.
227 };
228
229 /// This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not,
230 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
232 TypeLegal, // The target natively supports this type.
233 TypePromoteInteger, // Replace this integer with a larger one.
234 TypeExpandInteger, // Split this integer into two of half the size.
235 TypeSoftenFloat, // Convert this float to a same size integer type.
236 TypeExpandFloat, // Split this float into two of half the size.
237 TypeScalarizeVector, // Replace this one-element vector with its element.
238 TypeSplitVector, // Split this vector into two of half the size.
239 TypeWidenVector, // This vector should be widened into a larger vector.
240 TypeSoftPromoteHalf, // Soften half to i16 and use float to do arithmetic.
241 TypeScalarizeScalableVector, // This action is explicitly left
242 // unimplemented. While it is theoretically
243 // possible to legalize operations on scalable
244 // types with a loop that handles the vscale *
245 // #lanes of the vector, this is non-trivial at
246 // SelectionDAG level and these types are
247 // better to be widened or promoted.
248 };
249
250 /// LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT
251 /// in order to type-legalize it.
252 using LegalizeKind = std::pair<LegalizeTypeAction, EVT>;
253
254 /// Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
256 UndefinedBooleanContent, // Only bit 0 counts, the rest can hold garbage.
257 ZeroOrOneBooleanContent, // All bits zero except for bit 0.
258 ZeroOrNegativeOneBooleanContent // All bits equal to bit 0.
259 };
260
261 /// Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
263 ScalarValSelect, // The target supports scalar selects (ex: cmov).
264 ScalarCondVectorVal, // The target supports selects with a scalar condition
265 // and vector values (ex: cmov).
266 VectorMaskSelect // The target supports vector selects with a vector
267 // mask (ex: x86 blends).
268 };
269
270 /// Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded
271 /// to, if at all. Exists because different targets have different levels of
272 /// support for these atomic instructions, and also have different options
273 /// w.r.t. what they should expand to.
275 None, // Don't expand the instruction.
276 CastToInteger, // Cast the atomic instruction to another type, e.g. from
277 // floating-point to integer type.
278 LLSC, // Expand the instruction into loadlinked/storeconditional; used
279 // by ARM/AArch64/PowerPC.
280 LLOnly, // Expand the (load) instruction into just a load-linked, which has
281 // greater atomic guarantees than a normal load.
282 CmpXChg, // Expand the instruction into cmpxchg; used by at least X86.
283 MaskedIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for the LL/SC loop.
284 BitTestIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special bit
285 // operations; used by X86.
286 CmpArithIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special compare
287 // operations; used by X86.
288 Expand, // Generic expansion in terms of other atomic operations.
289 CustomExpand, // Custom target-specific expansion using TLI hooks.
290
291 // Rewrite to a non-atomic form for use in a known non-preemptible
292 // environment.
294 };
295
296 /// Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
297 enum class MulExpansionKind {
298 Always, // Always expand the instruction.
299 OnlyLegalOrCustom, // Only expand when the resulting instructions are legal
300 // or custom.
301 };
302
303 /// Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
304 enum class NegatibleCost {
305 Cheaper = 0, // Negated expression is cheaper.
306 Neutral = 1, // Negated expression has the same cost.
307 Expensive = 2 // Negated expression is more expensive.
308 };
309
310 /// Enum that specifies how expensive lowering an EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is.
312 Free = 0, // Lowers to no instruction at all, e.g. a subregister copy.
313 Cheap = 1, // Lowers to at most one instruction, and may still be free if
314 // the target can fold the extract into the instruction
315 // consuming it (e.g. a widening op that reads the high half of
316 // a register).
317 Expensive = 2 // Needs a shuffle sequence that cannot be folded away.
318 };
319
320 /// Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...),
321 /// (setcc ...)).
323 None = 0, // No fold is preferable.
324 AddAnd = 1, // Fold with `Add` op and `And` op is preferable.
325 NotAnd = 2, // Fold with `Not` op and `And` op is preferable.
326 ABS = 4, // Fold with `llvm.abs` op is preferable.
327 };
328
330 public:
333 /// Original unlegalized argument type.
335 /// Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
337 bool IsSExt : 1;
338 bool IsZExt : 1;
339 bool IsNoExt : 1;
340 bool IsInReg : 1;
341 bool IsSRet : 1;
342 bool IsNest : 1;
343 bool IsByVal : 1;
344 bool IsByRef : 1;
345 bool IsInAlloca : 1;
347 bool IsReturned : 1;
348 bool IsSwiftSelf : 1;
349 bool IsSwiftAsync : 1;
350 bool IsSwiftError : 1;
352 MaybeAlign Alignment = std::nullopt;
353 Type *IndirectType = nullptr;
354
361
364
366
367 LLVM_ABI void setAttributes(const CallBase *Call, unsigned ArgIdx);
368 };
369 using ArgListTy = std::vector<ArgListEntry>;
370
372 switch (Content) {
374 // Extend by adding rubbish bits.
375 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
377 // Extend by adding zero bits.
378 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
380 // Extend by copying the sign bit.
381 return ISD::SIGN_EXTEND;
382 }
383 llvm_unreachable("Invalid content kind");
384 }
385
386 explicit TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM,
387 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
391
392 /// Return true if the target support strict float operation
393 bool isStrictFPEnabled() const {
394 return IsStrictFPEnabled;
395 }
396
397protected:
398 /// Initialize all of the actions to default values.
399 void initActions();
400
401public:
402 const TargetMachine &getTargetMachine() const { return TM; }
403
404 virtual bool useSoftFloat() const { return false; }
405
406 /// Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
407 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
408 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
409 virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
410 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
411 }
412
413 /// Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
414 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
415 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
416 virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
417 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
418 }
419
420 /// Return the type for frame index, which is determined by
421 /// the alloca address space specified through the data layout.
423 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getAllocaAddrSpace());
424 }
425
426 /// Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program
427 /// address space specified through the data layout.
429 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getProgramAddressSpace());
430 }
431
432 /// Return the type for operands of fence.
433 /// TODO: Let fence operands be of i32 type and remove this.
434 virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
435 return getPointerTy(DL);
436 }
437
438 /// Return the type to use for a scalar shift opcode, given the shifted amount
439 /// type. Targets should return a legal type if the input type is legal.
440 /// Targets can return a type that is too small if the input type is illegal.
441 virtual MVT getScalarShiftAmountTy(const DataLayout &, EVT) const;
442
443 /// Returns the type for the shift amount of a shift opcode. For vectors,
444 /// returns the input type. For scalars, calls getScalarShiftAmountTy.
445 /// If getScalarShiftAmountTy type cannot represent all possible shift
446 /// amounts, returns MVT::i32.
447 EVT getShiftAmountTy(EVT LHSTy, const DataLayout &DL) const;
448
449 /// Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted
450 /// amount type is \p ShiftValueTy.
452 virtual LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const {
453 return ShiftValueTy;
454 }
455
456 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations. By
457 /// default we assume it will have the same size as an address space 0
458 /// pointer.
459 virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const {
460 return DL.getPointerSizeInBits(0);
461 }
462
463 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
464 /// ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
465 /// ISD::INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and ISD::EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
469
470 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
471 /// G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
472 /// G_INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and G_EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
475 }
476
477 /// Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes:
478 /// ISD::VP_ADD, ISD::VP_SUB, etc. It must be a legal scalar integer type,
479 /// and must be at least as large as i32. The EVL is implicitly zero-extended
480 /// to any larger type.
481 virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const { return MVT::i32; }
482
483 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add
484 /// target-specific MachineMemOperand flags to them. The default
485 /// implementation does nothing.
489
490 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
491 /// The default implementation does nothing.
496
497 MachineMemOperand::Flags getLoadMemOperandFlags(
498 const LoadInst &LI, const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr,
499 const TargetLibraryInfo *LibInfo = nullptr,
501 MachineMemOperand::Flags getStoreMemOperandFlags(const StoreInst &SI,
502 const DataLayout &DL) const;
503 MachineMemOperand::Flags getAtomicMemOperandFlags(const Instruction &AI,
504 const DataLayout &DL) const;
506 getVPIntrinsicMemOperandFlags(const VPIntrinsic &VPIntrin) const;
507
508 virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind /*kind*/) const {
509 return true;
510 }
511
512 /// Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded
513 /// using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
514 virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const {
515 return true;
516 }
517
518 virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF,
519 bool IsScalable) const {
520 return true;
521 }
522
523 /// Return true if the @llvm.experimental.cttz.elts intrinsic should be
524 /// expanded using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
525 virtual bool shouldExpandCttzElements(EVT VT) const { return true; }
526
527 /// Return the minimum number of bits required to hold the maximum possible
528 /// number of trailing zero vector elements.
529 unsigned getBitWidthForCttzElements(EVT RetVT, ElementCount EC,
530 bool ZeroIsPoison,
531 const ConstantRange *VScaleRange) const;
532
533 // Return true if op(vecreduce(x), vecreduce(y)) should be reassociated to
534 // vecreduce(op(x, y)) for the reduction opcode RedOpc.
535 virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const {
536 return true;
537 }
538
539 /// Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into
540 /// a constant pool load whose address depends on the select condition. The
541 /// parameter may be used to differentiate a select with FP compare from
542 /// integer compare.
543 virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const {
544 return true;
545 }
546
547 /// Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that
548 /// can be used to store the results of comparisons for use by selects
549 /// and conditional branches. With multiple condition registers, the code
550 /// generator will not aggressively sink comparisons into the blocks of their
551 /// users. \p VT is the type of the condition value, e.g. the type of the
552 /// result of a comparison.
553 virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const { return false; }
554
555 /// Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
556 bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const { return HasExtractBitsInsn; }
557
558 /// Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
561 // The default action for one element vectors is to scalarize
563 return TypeScalarizeVector;
564 // The default action for an odd-width vector is to widen.
565 if (!VT.isPow2VectorType())
566 return TypeWidenVector;
567 // The default action for other vectors is to promote
568 return TypePromoteInteger;
569 }
570
571 // Return true if, for soft-promoted half, the half type should be passed to
572 // and returned from functions as f32. The default behavior is to pass as
573 // i16. If soft-promoted half is not used, this function is ignored and
574 // values are always passed and returned as f32.
575 virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const { return false; }
576
577 // There are two general methods for expanding a BUILD_VECTOR node:
578 // 1. Use SCALAR_TO_VECTOR on the defined scalar values and then shuffle
579 // them together.
580 // 2. Build the vector on the stack and then load it.
581 // If this function returns true, then method (1) will be used, subject to
582 // the constraint that all of the necessary shuffles are legal (as determined
583 // by isShuffleMaskLegal). If this function returns false, then method (2) is
584 // always used. The vector type, and the number of defined values, are
585 // provided.
586 virtual bool
588 unsigned DefinedValues) const {
589 return DefinedValues < 3;
590 }
591
592 /// Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of
593 /// several shifts, adds, and multiplies for this target.
594 /// The definition of "cheaper" may depend on whether we're optimizing
595 /// for speed or for size.
596 virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const { return false; }
597
598 /// Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
599 virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const {
600 return true;
601 }
602
603 /// Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
604 virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
605 // Default behavior is to replace SQRT(X) with X*RSQRT(X).
606 return false;
607 }
608
609 /// Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
614 };
615
616 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a square root of the given type
617 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
618 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
619 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
620 int getRecipEstimateSqrtEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
621
622 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a division of the given type
623 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
624 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
625 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
626 int getRecipEstimateDivEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
627
628 /// Return the refinement step count for a square root of the given type based
629 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
630 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
631 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
632 int getSqrtRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
633
634 /// Return the refinement step count for a division of the given type based
635 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
636 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
637 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
638 int getDivRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
639
640 /// Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
641 bool isSlowDivBypassed() const { return !BypassSlowDivWidths.empty(); }
642
643 /// Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding
644 /// fast types
646 return BypassSlowDivWidths;
647 }
648
649 /// Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be
650 /// avoided.
651 bool isJumpExpensive() const { return JumpIsExpensive; }
652
653 // Costs parameters used by
654 // SelectionDAGBuilder::shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether.
655 // shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether will use these parameter value to
656 // determine if two conditions in the form `br (and/or cond1, cond2)` should
657 // be split into two branches or left as one.
658 //
659 // BaseCost is the cost threshold (in latency). If the estimated latency of
660 // computing both `cond1` and `cond2` is below the cost of just computing
661 // `cond1` + BaseCost, the two conditions will be kept together. Otherwise
662 // they will be split.
663 //
664 // LikelyBias increases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that it
665 // is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
666 //
667 // UnlikelyBias decreases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that
668 // it is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
669 //
670 // Set any field to -1 to make it ignored (setting BaseCost to -1 results in
671 // `shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether` always returning false).
677 // Return params for deciding if we should keep two branch conditions merged
678 // or split them into two separate branches.
679 // Arg0: The binary op joining the two conditions (and/or).
680 // Arg1: The first condition (cond1)
681 // Arg2: The second condition (cond2)
682 // Arg3: The containing function.
683 virtual CondMergingParams
685 const Value *, const Function *) const {
686 // -1 will always result in splitting.
687 return {-1, -1, -1};
688 }
689
690 /// Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is
691 /// unlikely to be predicted right.
695
696 virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const {
697 return false;
698 }
699
700 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
701 /// fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x)
702 /// On architectures that don't natively support some vector loads
703 /// efficiently, casting the load to a smaller vector of larger types and
704 /// loading is more efficient, however, this can be undone by optimizations in
705 /// dag combiner.
706 virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT,
707 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
708 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const;
709
710 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
711 /// (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x, (x*))
712 virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT,
713 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
714 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const {
715 // Default to the same logic as loads.
716 return isLoadBitCastBeneficial(StoreVT, BitcastVT, DAG, MMO);
717 }
718
719 /// Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector
720 /// constant with the given size and type for the address space than to
721 /// store the individual scalar element constants.
722 virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT,
723 unsigned NumElem,
724 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
725 return IsZero;
726 }
727
728 /// Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition
729 /// to before legalization. This may transform stores that do not exist
730 /// earlier (for example, stores created from intrinsics).
731 virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const {
732 return true;
733 }
734
735 /// Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
736 virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT,
737 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
738 return true;
739 }
740
741 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
742 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const {
743 return false;
744 }
745
746 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
747 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const {
748 return false;
749 }
750
751 /// Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
752 virtual bool isCtlzFast() const {
753 return false;
754 }
755
756 /// Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
757 virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const {
758 return isOperationLegal(ISD::CTPOP, VT);
759 }
760
761 /// Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done
762 /// instead of deferring to a custom CTPOP.
763 virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const {
764 return 1;
765 }
766
767 /// Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded
768 /// with instruction generated for signed comparison.
769 virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const { return true; }
770
771 /// Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code
772 /// gen prepare.
773 virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const { return false; }
774
775 /// Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val
776 /// from a pair of smaller values into multiple stores.
777 virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const {
778 return false;
779 }
780
781 /// Return if the target supports combining a
782 /// chain like:
783 /// \code
784 /// %andResult = and %val1, #mask
785 /// %icmpResult = icmp %andResult, 0
786 /// \endcode
787 /// into a single machine instruction of a form like:
788 /// \code
789 /// cc = test %register, #mask
790 /// \endcode
791 virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const {
792 return false;
793 }
794
795 /// Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
796 virtual bool
798 const MemSDNode &NodeY) const {
799 return true;
800 }
801
802 /// Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient. For example:
803 /// and (seteq A, B), (seteq C, D) --> seteq (or (xor A, B), (xor C, D)), 0
804 /// This should be true when it takes more than one instruction to lower
805 /// setcc (cmp+set on x86 scalar), when bitwise ops are faster than logic on
806 /// condition bits (crand on PowerPC), and/or when reducing cmp+br is a win.
807 virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const {
808 return false;
809 }
810
811 /// Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare
812 /// integer values of the given size. Assume that any legal integer type can
813 /// be compared efficiently. Targets may override this to allow illegal wide
814 /// types to return a vector type if there is support to compare that type.
815 virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const {
816 MVT VT = MVT::getIntegerVT(NumBits);
818 }
819
820 /// Return true if the target should transform:
821 /// (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0
822 /// (X & Y) != Y ---> (~X & Y) != 0
823 ///
824 /// This may be profitable if the target has a bitwise and-not operation that
825 /// sets comparison flags. A target may want to limit the transformation based
826 /// on the type of Y or if Y is a constant.
827 ///
828 /// Note that the transform will not occur if Y is known to be a power-of-2
829 /// because a mask and compare of a single bit can be handled by inverting the
830 /// predicate, for example:
831 /// (X & 8) == 8 ---> (X & 8) != 0
832 virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const {
833 return false;
834 }
835
836 /// Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation:
837 /// X = ~A & B
838 /// This can be used to simplify select or other instructions.
839 virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const {
840 // If the target has the more complex version of this operation, assume that
841 // it has this operation too.
842 return hasAndNotCompare(X);
843 }
844
845 /// Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction:
846 /// (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0
847 /// This knowledge can be used to prevent breaking the pattern,
848 /// or creating it if it could be recognized.
849 virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const { return false; }
850
851 /// There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high):
852 /// Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine canonical form)
853 /// Shifts: x >> y << y
854 /// Return true if the variant with 2 variable shifts is preferred.
855 /// Return false if there is no preference.
857 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
858 return false;
859 }
860
861 /// Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
862 /// This is usually true on most targets. But some targets, like Thumb1,
863 /// have immediate shift instructions, but no immediate "and" instruction;
864 /// this makes the fold unprofitable.
865 virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const {
866 return true;
867 }
868
869 /// Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation
870 /// down into KeptBits would be truncating or not:
871 /// (add %x, (1 << (KeptBits-1))) srccond (1 << KeptBits)
872 /// Into it's more traditional form:
873 /// ((%x << C) a>> C) dstcond %x
874 /// Return true if we should transform.
875 /// Return false if there is no preference.
877 unsigned KeptBits) const {
878 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
879 return false;
880 }
881
882 /// Given the pattern
883 /// (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0
884 /// return true if it should be transformed into:
885 /// ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
886 /// WARNING: if 'X' is a constant, the fold may deadlock!
887 /// FIXME: we could avoid passing XC, but we can't use isConstOrConstSplat()
888 /// here because it can end up being not linked in.
891 unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode,
892 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
893 if (hasBitTest(X, Y)) {
894 // One interesting pattern that we'd want to form is 'bit test':
895 // ((1 << Y) & C) ==/!= 0
896 // But we also need to be careful not to try to reverse that fold.
897
898 // Is this '1 << Y' ?
899 if (OldShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && CC->isOne())
900 return false; // Keep the 'bit test' pattern.
901
902 // Will it be '1 << Y' after the transform ?
903 if (XC && NewShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && XC->isOne())
904 return true; // Do form the 'bit test' pattern.
905 }
906
907 // If 'X' is a constant, and we transform, then we will immediately
908 // try to undo the fold, thus causing endless combine loop.
909 // So by default, let's assume everyone prefers the fold
910 // iff 'X' is not a constant.
911 return !XC;
912 }
913
914 // Return true if its desirable to perform the following transform:
915 // (fmul C, (uitofp Pow2))
916 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (add (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
917 // (fdiv C, (uitofp Pow2))
918 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (sub (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
919 //
920 // This is only queried after we have verified the transform will be bitwise
921 // equals.
922 //
923 // SDNode *N : The FDiv/FMul node we want to transform.
924 // SDValue FPConst: The Float constant operand in `N`.
925 // SDValue IntPow2: The Integer power of 2 operand in `N`.
927 SDValue IntPow2) const {
928 // Default to avoiding fdiv which is often very expensive.
929 return N->getOpcode() == ISD::FDIV;
930 }
931
932 // Given:
933 // (icmp eq/ne (and X, C0), (shift X, C1))
934 // or
935 // (icmp eq/ne X, (rotate X, CPow2))
936
937 // If C0 is a mask or shifted mask and the shift amt (C1) isolates the
938 // remaining bits (i.e something like `(x64 & UINT32_MAX) == (x64 >> 32)`)
939 // Do we prefer the shift to be shift-right, shift-left, or rotate.
940 // Note: Its only valid to convert the rotate version to the shift version iff
941 // the shift-amt (`C1`) is a power of 2 (including 0).
942 // If ShiftOpc (current Opcode) is returned, do nothing.
944 EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate,
945 const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt,
946 const std::optional<APInt> &AndMask) const {
947 return ShiftOpc;
948 }
949
950 /// These two forms are equivalent:
951 /// sub %y, (xor %x, -1)
952 /// add (add %x, 1), %y
953 /// The variant with two add's is IR-canonical.
954 /// Some targets may prefer one to the other.
955 virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const {
956 // By default, let's assume that everyone prefers the form with two add's.
957 return true;
958 }
959
960 // By default prefer folding (abs (sub nsw x, y)) -> abds(x, y). Some targets
961 // may want to avoid this to prevent loss of sub_nsw pattern.
962 virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const {
963 return true;
964 }
965
966 // Return true if the target wants to transform Op(Splat(X)) -> Splat(Op(X))
967 virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const { return true; }
968
969 // Return true if the target wants to transform:
970 // (TruncVT truncate(sext_in_reg(VT X, ExtVT))
971 // -> (TruncVT sext_in_reg(truncate(VT X), ExtVT))
972 // Some targets might prefer pre-sextinreg to improve truncation/saturation.
973 virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const {
974 return true;
975 }
976
977 /// Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that
978 /// turns ext(promotableInst1(...(promotableInstN(load)))) into
979 /// promotedInst1(...(promotedInstN(ext(load)))).
981
982 /// Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,
983 /// Idx).
984 /// \p Cost[out] gives the cost of that transformation when this is true.
985 virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx,
986 unsigned &Cost) const {
987 return false;
988 }
989
990 /// Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store
991 /// given that the vector is known to be splat of constant.
992 /// \p Index[out] gives the index of the vector element to be extracted when
993 /// this is true.
995 Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const {
996 return false;
997 }
998
999 /// Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef
1000 /// vector is more efficiently handled by splatting the scalar instead.
1001 virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const {
1002 return false;
1003 }
1004
1005 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1006 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1007 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1008 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const { return false; }
1009
1010 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1011 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1012 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1013 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const { return false; }
1014
1015 /// Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
1016 virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context,
1017 EVT VT) const;
1018
1019 /// Return the ValueType for comparison libcalls. Comparison libcalls include
1020 /// floating point comparison calls, and Ordered/Unordered check calls on
1021 /// floating point numbers.
1023 return MVT::i32; // return the default value
1024 }
1025
1026 /// For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits
1027 /// of boolean values held in types wider than i1.
1028 ///
1029 /// "Boolean values" are special true/false values produced by nodes like
1030 /// SETCC and consumed (as the condition) by nodes like SELECT and BRCOND.
1031 /// Not to be confused with general values promoted from i1. Some cpus
1032 /// distinguish between vectors of boolean and scalars; the isVec parameter
1033 /// selects between the two kinds. For example on X86 a scalar boolean should
1034 /// be zero extended from i1, while the elements of a vector of booleans
1035 /// should be sign extended from i1.
1036 ///
1037 /// Some cpus also treat floating point types the same way as they treat
1038 /// vectors instead of the way they treat scalars.
1039 BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const {
1040 if (isVec)
1041 return BooleanVectorContents;
1042 return isFloat ? BooleanFloatContents : BooleanContents;
1043 }
1044
1046 return getBooleanContents(Type.isVector(), Type.isFloatingPoint());
1047 }
1048
1049 /// Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
1050 /// A target boolean is an integer value, not necessarily of type i1, the bits
1051 /// of which conform to getBooleanContents.
1052 ///
1053 /// ValVT is the type of values that produced the boolean.
1055 EVT ValVT) const {
1056 SDLoc dl(Bool);
1057 EVT BoolVT =
1058 getSetCCResultType(DAG.getDataLayout(), *DAG.getContext(), ValVT);
1060 return DAG.getNode(ExtendCode, dl, BoolVT, Bool);
1061 }
1062
1063 /// Return target scheduling preference.
1065 return SchedPreferenceInfo;
1066 }
1067
1068 /// Some scheduler, e.g. hybrid, can switch to different scheduling heuristics
1069 /// for different nodes. This function returns the preference (or none) for
1070 /// the given node.
1072 return Sched::None;
1073 }
1074
1075 /// Return the register class that should be used for the specified value
1076 /// type.
1077 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent = false) const {
1078 (void)isDivergent;
1079 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1080 assert(RC && "This value type is not natively supported!");
1081 return RC;
1082 }
1083
1084 /// Allows target to decide about the register class of the
1085 /// specific value that is live outside the defining block.
1086 /// Returns true if the value needs uniform register class.
1088 const Value *) const {
1089 return false;
1090 }
1091
1092 /// Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value
1093 /// type.
1094 ///
1095 /// The 'representative' register class is the largest legal super-reg
1096 /// register class for the register class of the value type. For example, on
1097 /// i386 the rep register class for i8, i16, and i32 are GR32; while the rep
1098 /// register class is GR64 on x86_64.
1099 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const {
1100 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RepRegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1101 return RC;
1102 }
1103
1104 /// Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified
1105 /// value type.
1107 return RepRegClassCostForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1108 }
1109
1110 /// Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with
1111 /// \p ExpansionFactor being the recursion depth - how many expansion needed.
1117 virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy
1119 unsigned ExpansionFactor) const {
1120 if (ExpansionFactor == 1)
1123 }
1124
1125 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
1126 /// This means that it has a register that directly holds it without
1127 /// promotions or expansions.
1128 bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const {
1129 assert(!VT.isSimple() ||
1130 (unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
1131 return VT.isSimple() && RegClassForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy] != nullptr;
1132 }
1133
1135 /// ValueTypeActions - For each value type, keep a LegalizeTypeAction enum
1136 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the type.
1137 LegalizeTypeAction ValueTypeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
1138
1139 public:
1140 ValueTypeActionImpl() { llvm::fill(ValueTypeActions, TypeLegal); }
1141
1143 return ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy];
1144 }
1145
1147 ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy] = Action;
1148 }
1149 };
1150
1152 return ValueTypeActions;
1153 }
1154
1155 /// Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to
1156 /// happen to EVT (second) in order to type-legalize it.
1157 ///
1158 /// First: how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1159 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1160 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1161 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1162 ///
1163 /// Second: for types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
1164 /// For types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger
1165 /// type to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest
1166 /// integer register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the
1167 /// smaller register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the
1168 /// integer type to transform to.
1169 LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const;
1170
1171 /// Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1172 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1173 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1174 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1176 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).first;
1177 }
1179 return ValueTypeActions.getTypeAction(VT);
1180 }
1181
1182 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1183 /// types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger type
1184 /// to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest integer
1185 /// register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the smaller
1186 /// register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the integer type
1187 /// to transform to.
1188 virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1189 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).second;
1190 }
1191
1192 /// Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
1193 /// Useful for vector operations that might take multiple steps to legalize.
1195 EVT LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1196 while (LegalVT != VT) {
1197 VT = LegalVT;
1198 LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1199 }
1200 return LegalVT;
1201 }
1202
1203 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1204 /// types that must be expanded (i.e. integer types that are larger than the
1205 /// largest integer register or illegal floating point types), this returns
1206 /// the largest legal type it will be expanded to.
1207 EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1208 assert(!VT.isVector());
1209 while (true) {
1210 switch (getTypeAction(Context, VT)) {
1211 case TypeLegal:
1212 return VT;
1213 case TypeExpandInteger:
1214 VT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1215 break;
1216 default:
1217 llvm_unreachable("Type is not legal nor is it to be expanded!");
1218 }
1219 }
1220 }
1221
1222 /// Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
1223 /// For example, EVT::v8f32 maps to 2 EVT::v4f32 with Altivec or SSE1, or 8
1224 /// promoted EVT::f64 values with the X86 FP stack. Similarly, EVT::v2i64
1225 /// turns into 4 EVT::i32 values with both PPC and X86.
1226 ///
1227 /// This method returns the number of registers needed, and the VT for each
1228 /// register. It also returns the VT and quantity of the intermediate values
1229 /// before they are promoted/expanded.
1230 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
1231 EVT &IntermediateVT,
1232 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
1233 MVT &RegisterVT) const;
1234
1235 /// Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are
1236 /// always broken down into scalars in some contexts. This occurs even if the
1237 /// vector type is legal.
1239 LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT,
1240 unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1241 return getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, IntermediateVT, NumIntermediates,
1242 RegisterVT);
1243 }
1244
1246 unsigned opc = 0; // target opcode
1247 EVT memVT; // memory VT
1248
1249 // value representing memory location
1251
1252 // Fallback address space for use if ptrVal is nullptr. std::nullopt means
1253 // unknown address space.
1254 std::optional<unsigned> fallbackAddressSpace;
1255
1256 int offset = 0; // offset off of ptrVal
1257 uint64_t size = 0; // the size of the memory location
1258 // (taken from memVT if zero)
1259 MaybeAlign align = Align(1); // alignment
1260
1265 IntrinsicInfo() = default;
1266 };
1267
1268 /// Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map
1269 /// to a MemIntrinsicNode (touches memory). If this is the case, it stores
1270 /// the intrinsic information into the IntrinsicInfo vector passed to the
1271 /// function. The vector may contain multiple entries for intrinsics that
1272 /// access multiple memory locations.
1274 const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF,
1275 unsigned Intrinsic) const {}
1276
1277 /// Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP
1278 /// immediate natively. If false, the legalizer will materialize the FP
1279 /// immediate as a load from a constant pool.
1280 virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat & /*Imm*/, EVT /*VT*/,
1281 bool ForCodeSize = false) const {
1282 return false;
1283 }
1284
1285 /// Targets can use this to indicate that they only support *some*
1286 /// VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations, those with specific masks. By default, if a
1287 /// target supports the VECTOR_SHUFFLE node, all mask values are assumed to be
1288 /// legal.
1289 virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef<int> /*Mask*/, EVT /*VT*/) const {
1290 return true;
1291 }
1292
1293 /// Returns true if the operation can trap for the value type.
1294 ///
1295 /// VT must be a legal type. By default, we optimistically assume most
1296 /// operations don't trap except for integer divide and remainder.
1297 virtual bool canOpTrap(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const;
1298
1299 /// Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal. Targets can use this to indicate if there
1300 /// is a suitable VECTOR_SHUFFLE that can be used to replace a VAND with a
1301 /// constant pool entry.
1303 EVT /*VT*/) const {
1304 return false;
1305 }
1306
1307 /// How to legalize this custom operation?
1309 return Legal;
1310 }
1311
1312 /// Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to
1313 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1314 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1316 // If a target-specific SDNode requires legalization, require the target
1317 // to provide custom legalization for it.
1318 if (Op >= std::size(OpActions[0]))
1319 return Custom;
1320 if (VT.isExtended())
1321 return Expand;
1322 return OpActions[(unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy][Op];
1323 }
1324
1325 /// Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which
1326 /// may require a scale is supported natively by the target.
1327 /// If not, the operation is illegal.
1328 virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT,
1329 unsigned Scale) const {
1330 return false;
1331 }
1332
1333 /// Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but
1334 /// only for specific scales. This method allows for checking
1335 /// if the width is supported by the target for a given operation that may
1336 /// depend on scale.
1338 unsigned Scale) const {
1339 auto Action = getOperationAction(Op, VT);
1340 if (Action != Legal)
1341 return Action;
1342
1343 // This operation is supported in this type but may only work on specific
1344 // scales.
1345 bool Supported;
1346 switch (Op) {
1347 default:
1348 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point operation.");
1349 case ISD::SMULFIX:
1350 case ISD::SMULFIXSAT:
1351 case ISD::UMULFIX:
1352 case ISD::UMULFIXSAT:
1353 case ISD::SDIVFIX:
1354 case ISD::SDIVFIXSAT:
1355 case ISD::UDIVFIX:
1356 case ISD::UDIVFIXSAT:
1357 Supported = isSupportedFixedPointOperation(Op, VT, Scale);
1358 break;
1359 }
1360
1361 return Supported ? Action : Expand;
1362 }
1363
1364 // If Op is a strict floating-point operation, return the result
1365 // of getOperationAction for the equivalent non-strict operation.
1367 unsigned EqOpc;
1368 switch (Op) {
1369 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FP pseudo-opcode");
1370#define DAG_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1371 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::DAGN; break;
1372#define CMP_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1373 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::SETCC; break;
1374#include "llvm/IR/ConstrainedOps.def"
1375 }
1376
1377 return getOperationAction(EqOpc, VT);
1378 }
1379
1380 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1381 /// made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide high-level
1382 /// lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths
1383 /// traversed pre and post legalisation.
1385 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1386 if (LegalOnly)
1387 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1388
1389 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1390 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1391 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom);
1392 }
1393
1394 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1395 /// made legal using promotion. This is used to help guide high-level lowering
1396 /// decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths traversed
1397 /// pre and post legalisation.
1399 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1400 if (LegalOnly)
1401 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1402
1403 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1404 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1405 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1406 }
1407
1408 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1409 /// made legal with custom lowering or using promotion. This is used to help
1410 /// guide high-level lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience
1411 /// for code paths traversed pre and post legalisation.
1413 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1414 if (LegalOnly)
1415 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1416
1417 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1418 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1419 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom ||
1420 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1421 }
1422
1423 /// Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether
1424 /// the type is legal or not.
1425 bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1426 return getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom;
1427 }
1428
1429 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
1430 virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const {
1431 if (Fn->getFnAttribute("no-jump-tables").getValueAsBool())
1432 return false;
1433
1434 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BR_JT, MVT::Other) ||
1436 }
1437
1438 /// Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
1439 bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High,
1440 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1441 // FIXME: Using the pointer type doesn't seem ideal.
1442 uint64_t BW = DL.getIndexSizeInBits(0u);
1443 uint64_t Range = (High - Low).getLimitedValue(UINT64_MAX - 1) + 1;
1444 return Range <= BW;
1445 }
1446
1447 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is suitable for a set of case
1448 /// clusters which may contain \p NumCases cases, \p Range range of values.
1449 virtual bool isSuitableForJumpTable(const SwitchInst *SI, uint64_t NumCases,
1451 BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI) const;
1452
1453 /// Returns preferred type for switch condition.
1454 virtual MVT getPreferredSwitchConditionType(LLVMContext &Context,
1455 EVT ConditionVT) const;
1456
1457 /// Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case
1458 /// clusters which contains \p NumDests unique destinations, \p Low and
1459 /// \p High as its lowest and highest case values, and expects \p NumCmps
1460 /// case value comparisons. Check if the number of destinations, comparison
1461 /// metric, and range are all suitable.
1464 const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const {
1465 // FIXME: I don't think NumCmps is the correct metric: a single case and a
1466 // range of cases both require only one branch to lower. Just looking at the
1467 // number of clusters and destinations should be enough to decide whether to
1468 // build bit tests.
1469
1470 // To lower a range with bit tests, the range must fit the bitwidth of a
1471 // machine word.
1472 if (!rangeFitsInWord(Low, High, DL))
1473 return false;
1474
1475 unsigned NumDests = DestCmps.size();
1476 unsigned NumCmps = 0;
1477 unsigned int MaxBitTestEntry = 0;
1478 for (auto &DestCmp : DestCmps) {
1479 NumCmps += DestCmp.second;
1480 if (DestCmp.second > MaxBitTestEntry)
1481 MaxBitTestEntry = DestCmp.second;
1482 }
1483
1484 // Comparisons might be cheaper for small number of comparisons, which can
1485 // be Arch Target specific.
1486 if (MaxBitTestEntry < getMinimumBitTestCmps())
1487 return false;
1488
1489 // Decide whether it's profitable to lower this range with bit tests. Each
1490 // destination requires a bit test and branch, and there is an overall range
1491 // check branch. For a small number of clusters, separate comparisons might
1492 // be cheaper, and for many destinations, splitting the range might be
1493 // better.
1494 return (NumDests == 1 && NumCmps >= 3) || (NumDests == 2 && NumCmps >= 5) ||
1495 (NumDests == 3 && NumCmps >= 6);
1496 }
1497
1498 /// Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or
1499 /// unlikely to be made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide
1500 /// high-level lowering decisions.
1501 bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1502 return (!isTypeLegal(VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Expand);
1503 }
1504
1505 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
1506 bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1507 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1508 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal;
1509 }
1510
1511 bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1512 return isOperationExpand(Op, VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == LibCall;
1513 }
1514
1515 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1516 /// through `setLoadExtAction` and `setAtomicLoadExtAction`) yield
1517 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1518 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1519 /// types.
1520 virtual LegalizeAction
1521 getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1522 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1524 }
1525
1526 /// Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal,
1527 /// needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other
1528 /// code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1529 LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1530 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1531 bool Atomic) const {
1532 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1533 return Expand;
1534 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1535 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1537 MemI < MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE && "Table isn't big enough!");
1538 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
1539
1540 LegalizeAction Action;
1541 if (Atomic) {
1542 Action =
1543 (LegalizeAction)((AtomicLoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1544 assert((Action == Legal || Action == Expand) &&
1545 "Unsupported atomic load extension action.");
1546 } else {
1547 Action = (LegalizeAction)((LoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1548 }
1549
1550 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1551 return getCustomLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType,
1552 Atomic);
1553 }
1554
1555 return Action;
1556 }
1557
1558 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
1559 bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1560 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1561 return getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic) ==
1562 Legal;
1563 }
1564
1565 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom
1566 /// on this target.
1567 bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1568 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1569 bool Atomic) const {
1570 LegalizeAction Action =
1571 getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic);
1572 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1573 }
1574
1575 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1576 /// through `setTruncStoreAction` yield
1577 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1578 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1579 /// types.
1581 Align Alignment,
1582 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1584 }
1585
1586 /// Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is
1587 /// legal, needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some
1588 /// other code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1590 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1591 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1592 return Expand;
1593 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1594 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1596 "Table isn't big enough!");
1597
1598 LegalizeAction Action = TruncStoreActions[ValI][MemI];
1599
1600 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1601 return getCustomTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1602 }
1603
1604 return Action;
1605 }
1606
1607 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this
1608 /// target.
1609 bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1610 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1611 return isTypeLegal(ValVT) &&
1612 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace) == Legal;
1613 }
1614
1615 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this
1616 /// target.
1617 bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1618 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1619 if (!isTypeLegal(ValVT))
1620 return false;
1621
1622 LegalizeAction Action =
1623 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1624 return (Action == Legal || Action == Custom);
1625 }
1626
1627 virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1628 unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const {
1629 if (LegalOnly)
1630 return isTruncStoreLegal(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1631
1632 return isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1633 }
1634
1635 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1636 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1637 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1638 LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1639 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load);
1640 }
1641
1642 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1643 bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1644 return VT.isSimple() &&
1645 (getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1646 getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1647 }
1648
1649 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1650 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1651 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1652 LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1653 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store);
1654 }
1655
1656 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1657 bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1658 return VT.isSimple() &&
1659 (getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1660 getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1661 }
1662
1663 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1664 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1665 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1666 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1667 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad);
1668 }
1669
1670 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1671 bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1672 return VT.isSimple() &&
1673 (getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1675 }
1676
1677 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1678 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1679 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1680 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1681 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore);
1682 }
1683
1684 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1685 bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1686 return VT.isSimple() &&
1687 (getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1689 }
1690
1691 /// Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires
1692 /// extending
1693 virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const { return false; }
1694
1695 // Returns true if Extend can be folded into the index of a masked gathers/scatters
1696 // on this target.
1697 virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const {
1698 return false;
1699 }
1700
1701 // Return true if the target supports a scatter/gather instruction with
1702 // indices which are scaled by the particular value. Note that all targets
1703 // must by definition support scale of 1.
1705 uint64_t ElemSize) const {
1706 // MGATHER/MSCATTER are only required to support scaling by one or by the
1707 // element size.
1708 if (Scale != ElemSize && Scale != 1)
1709 return false;
1710 return true;
1711 }
1712
1713 /// Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1714 /// to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the target has a custom
1715 /// expander for it.
1718 assert((unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
1719 ((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy >> 3) < std::size(CondCodeActions[0]) &&
1720 "Table isn't big enough!");
1721 // See setCondCodeAction for how this is encoded.
1722 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
1723 uint32_t Value = CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3];
1724 LegalizeAction Action = (LegalizeAction) ((Value >> Shift) & 0xF);
1725 assert(Action != Promote && "Can't promote condition code!");
1726 return Action;
1727 }
1728
1729 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of
1730 /// the specified types on this target.
1731 bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const {
1732 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal;
1733 }
1734
1735 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a
1736 /// comparison of the specified types on this target.
1738 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal ||
1739 getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Custom;
1740 }
1741
1742 /// Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type
1743 /// InputVT should be treated. Either it's legal, needs to be promoted to a
1744 /// larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the
1745 /// target has a custom expander for it.
1747 EVT InputVT) const {
1750 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy,
1751 InputVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy};
1752 auto It = PartialReduceMLAActions.find(Key);
1753 return It != PartialReduceMLAActions.end() ? It->second : Expand;
1754 }
1755
1756 /// Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is
1757 /// legal or custom for this target.
1759 EVT InputVT) const {
1760 LegalizeAction Action = getPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT);
1761 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1762 }
1763
1764 /// If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the
1765 /// ValueType to promote to.
1766 MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const {
1768 "This operation isn't promoted!");
1769
1770 // See if this has an explicit type specified.
1771 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>,
1773 PromoteToType.find(std::make_pair(Op, VT.SimpleTy));
1774 if (PTTI != PromoteToType.end()) return PTTI->second;
1775
1776 assert((VT.isInteger() || VT.isFloatingPoint()) &&
1777 "Cannot autopromote this type, add it with AddPromotedToType.");
1778
1779 uint64_t VTBits = VT.getScalarSizeInBits();
1780 MVT NVT = VT;
1781 do {
1782 NVT = (MVT::SimpleValueType)(NVT.SimpleTy+1);
1783 assert(NVT.isInteger() == VT.isInteger() &&
1784 NVT.isFloatingPoint() == VT.isFloatingPoint() &&
1785 "Didn't find type to promote to!");
1786 } while (VTBits >= NVT.getScalarSizeInBits() || !isTypeLegal(NVT) ||
1787 getOperationAction(Op, NVT) == Promote);
1788 return NVT;
1789 }
1790
1792 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1793 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1794 }
1795
1796 /// Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type. This is fixed by the LLVM
1797 /// operations except for the pointer size. If AllowUnknown is true, this
1798 /// will return MVT::Other for types with no EVT counterpart (e.g. structs),
1799 /// otherwise it will assert.
1801 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1802 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1803 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1804 return getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1805
1806 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1807 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1808 // Lower vectors of pointers to native pointer types.
1809 EVT EltVT;
1810 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1811 EltVT = getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1812 else
1813 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1814 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1815 }
1816
1817 return EVT::getEVT(Ty, AllowUnknown);
1818 }
1819
1821 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1822 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1823 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1824 return getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1825
1826 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1827 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1828 EVT EltVT;
1829 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1830 EltVT = getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1831 else
1832 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1833 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1834 }
1835
1836 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1837 }
1838
1839
1840 /// Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
1842 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1843 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown).getSimpleVT();
1844 }
1845
1846 /// Returns the desired alignment for ByVal or InAlloca aggregate function
1847 /// arguments in the caller parameter area.
1848 virtual Align getByValTypeAlignment(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) const;
1849
1850 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1852 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegisterTypeForVT));
1853 return RegisterTypeForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1854 }
1855
1856 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1857 MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1858 if (VT.isSimple())
1859 return getRegisterType(VT.getSimpleVT());
1860 if (VT.isVector()) {
1861 EVT VT1;
1862 MVT RegisterVT;
1863 unsigned NumIntermediates;
1864 (void)getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, VT1,
1865 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT);
1866 return RegisterVT;
1867 }
1868 if (VT.isInteger()) {
1869 return getRegisterType(Context, getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT));
1870 }
1871 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
1872 }
1873
1874 /// Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually
1875 /// require.
1876 ///
1877 /// This is one for any types promoted to live in larger registers, but may be
1878 /// more than one for types (like i64) that are split into pieces. For types
1879 /// like i140, which are first promoted then expanded, it is the number of
1880 /// registers needed to hold all the bits of the original type. For an i140
1881 /// on a 32 bit machine this means 5 registers.
1882 ///
1883 /// RegisterVT may be passed as a way to override the default settings, for
1884 /// instance with i128 inline assembly operands on SystemZ.
1885 virtual unsigned
1887 std::optional<MVT> RegisterVT = std::nullopt) const {
1888 if (VT.isSimple()) {
1889 assert((unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy <
1890 std::size(NumRegistersForVT));
1891 return NumRegistersForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy];
1892 }
1893 if (VT.isVector()) {
1894 EVT VT1;
1895 MVT VT2;
1896 unsigned NumIntermediates;
1897 return getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates, VT2);
1898 }
1899 if (VT.isInteger()) {
1900 unsigned BitWidth = VT.getSizeInBits();
1901 unsigned RegWidth = getRegisterType(Context, VT).getSizeInBits();
1902 return (BitWidth + RegWidth - 1) / RegWidth;
1903 }
1904 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
1905 }
1906
1907 /// Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types
1908 /// are legal for some operations and not for other operations.
1909 /// For MIPS all vector types must be passed through the integer register set.
1911 CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const {
1912 return getRegisterType(Context, VT);
1913 }
1914
1915 /// Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types. For MIPS,
1916 /// this occurs when a vector type is used, as vector are passed through the
1917 /// integer register set.
1919 CallingConv::ID CC,
1920 EVT VT) const {
1921 return getNumRegisters(Context, VT);
1922 }
1923
1924 /// Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one
1925 /// type has the alignment requirement of another type.
1927 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1928 return DL.getABITypeAlign(ArgTy);
1929 }
1930
1931 /// If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant
1932 /// of the specified type to a smaller type in order to save space and / or
1933 /// reduce runtime.
1934 virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const { return true; }
1935
1936 /// Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
1937 /// \p ByteOffset is only set if we know the pointer offset at compile time
1938 /// otherwise we should assume that additional pointer math is required.
1939 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (i32 (load x))) -> i16 load x
1940 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (srl (i32 (load x)), 16)) -> i16 load x+2
1942 SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT,
1943 std::optional<unsigned> ByteOffset = std::nullopt) const {
1944 // By default, assume that it is cheaper to extract a subvector from a wide
1945 // vector load rather than creating multiple narrow vector loads.
1946 if (NewVT.isVector() && !SDValue(Load, 0).hasOneUse())
1947 return false;
1948
1949 return true;
1950 }
1951
1952 /// Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x)
1953 /// where the sext is redundant, and use x directly.
1954 virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const { return true; }
1955
1956 /// Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits
1957 /// when storing the type to memory and the type size isn't equal to the store
1958 /// size.
1960 return VT.isScalarInteger() && !VT.isByteSized();
1961 }
1962
1963 /// When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo
1964 /// or Hi part come first? This usually follows the endianness, except
1965 /// for ppcf128, where the Hi part always comes first.
1967 return DL.isBigEndian() || VT == MVT::ppcf128;
1968 }
1969
1970 /// If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can
1971 /// perform for the specified node.
1973 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
1974 return TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] & (1 << (NT&7));
1975 }
1976
1979 }
1980
1981 /// Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
1982 virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const {
1983 return getPointerTy(DL).getSizeInBits();
1984 }
1985
1986 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memset
1987 ///
1988 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1989 /// to replace a call to llvm.memset. The value is set by the target at the
1990 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1991 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1992 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemset(bool OptSize) const;
1993
1994 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memcpy
1995 ///
1996 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1997 /// to replace a call to llvm.memcpy. The value is set by the target at the
1998 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1999 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2000 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemcpy(bool OptSize) const;
2001
2002 /// \brief Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together
2003 ///
2004 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2005 /// to glue together during lowering of llvm.memcpy. The value is set by
2006 // the target at the performance threshold for such a replacement.
2007 virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const {
2009 }
2010
2011 /// Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp
2012 ///
2013 /// This function returns the maximum number of load operations permitted
2014 /// to replace a call to memcmp. The value is set by the target at the
2015 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2016 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2017 unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const {
2019 }
2020
2021 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memmove
2022 ///
2023 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2024 /// to replace a call to llvm.memmove. The value is set by the target at the
2025 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2026 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2027 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemmove(bool OptSize) const;
2028
2029 /// Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
2030 ///
2031 /// This function returns true if the target allows unaligned memory accesses
2032 /// of the specified type in the given address space. If true, it also returns
2033 /// a relative speed of the unaligned memory access in the last argument by
2034 /// reference. The higher the speed number the faster the operation comparing
2035 /// to a number returned by another such call. This is used, for example, in
2036 /// situations where an array copy/move/set is converted to a sequence of
2037 /// store operations. Its use helps to ensure that such replacements don't
2038 /// generate code that causes an alignment error (trap) on the target machine.
2040 EVT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2042 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2043 return false;
2044 }
2045
2046 /// LLT handling variant.
2048 LLT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2050 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2051 return false;
2052 }
2053
2054 /// This function returns true if the memory access is aligned or if the
2055 /// target allows this specific unaligned memory access. If the access is
2056 /// allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative speed of the
2057 /// access (as defined by the target).
2058 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(
2059 LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2060 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2062 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2063
2064 /// Return true if the memory access of this type is aligned or if the target
2065 /// allows this specific unaligned access for the given MachineMemOperand.
2066 /// If the access is allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative
2067 /// speed of the access (as defined by the target).
2068 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(LLVMContext &Context,
2069 const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2070 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2071 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2072
2073 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2074 /// given address space and alignment. If the access is allowed, the optional
2075 /// final parameter returns the relative speed of the access (as defined by
2076 /// the target).
2077 virtual bool
2078 allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2079 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2081 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2082
2083 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2084 /// given MachineMemOperand. If the access is allowed, the optional
2085 /// final parameter returns the relative access speed (as defined by the
2086 /// target).
2087 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2088 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2089 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2090
2091 /// LLT handling variant.
2092 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, LLT Ty,
2093 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2094 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2095
2096 /// Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as
2097 /// a result of memset, memcpy, and memmove lowering.
2098 /// It returns EVT::Other if the type should be determined using generic
2099 /// target-independent logic.
2100 virtual EVT
2102 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2103 return MVT::Other;
2104 }
2105
2106 /// LLT returning variant.
2107 virtual LLT
2109 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2110 return LLT();
2111 }
2112
2113 /// Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to
2114 /// expand memcpy / memset inline.
2115 ///
2116 /// This is mostly true for all types except for some special cases. For
2117 /// example, on X86 targets without SSE2 f64 load / store are done with fldl /
2118 /// fstpl which also does type conversion. Note the specified type doesn't
2119 /// have to be legal as the hook is used before type legalization.
2120 virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT /*VT*/) const { return true; }
2121
2122 /// Return lower limit for number of blocks in a jump table.
2123 virtual unsigned getMinimumJumpTableEntries() const;
2124
2125 /// Return lower limit of the density in a jump table.
2126 unsigned getMinimumJumpTableDensity(bool OptForSize) const;
2127
2128 /// Return upper limit for number of entries in a jump table.
2129 /// Zero if no limit.
2130 unsigned getMaximumJumpTableSize() const;
2131
2132 virtual bool isJumpTableRelative() const;
2133
2134 /// Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
2135 unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const;
2136
2137 /// Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for
2138 /// scalable vectors.
2140 return MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
2141 }
2142
2143 /// If a physical register, this specifies the register that
2144 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2146 return StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
2147 }
2148
2149 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2150 /// exception address on entry to an EH pad.
2151 virtual Register
2152 getExceptionPointerRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2153 return Register();
2154 }
2155
2156 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2157 /// exception typeid on entry to a landing pad.
2158 virtual Register
2159 getExceptionSelectorRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2160 return Register();
2161 }
2162
2163 virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const {
2164 reportFatalUsageError("Funclet EH is not implemented for this target");
2165 }
2166
2167 /// Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2169 return MinStackArgumentAlignment;
2170 }
2171
2172 /// Return the minimum function alignment.
2173 Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const { return MinFunctionAlignment; }
2174
2175 /// Return the preferred function alignment.
2176 Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const { return PrefFunctionAlignment; }
2177
2178 /// Return the preferred loop alignment.
2179 virtual Align getPrefLoopAlignment(MachineLoop *ML = nullptr) const;
2180
2181 /// Return the maximum amount of bytes allowed to be emitted when padding for
2182 /// alignment
2183 virtual unsigned
2184 getMaxPermittedBytesForAlignment(MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
2185
2186 /// Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not
2187 /// MinSize).
2188 virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const { return false; }
2189
2190 /// If the target has a standard location for the stack protector guard,
2191 /// returns the address of that location. Otherwise, returns nullptr.
2192 /// DEPRECATED: please override useLoadStackGuardNode and customize
2193 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD, or customize \@llvm.stackguard().
2194 virtual Value *getIRStackGuard(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2195 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2196
2197 /// Inserts necessary declarations for SSP (stack protection) purpose.
2198 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2199 virtual void insertSSPDeclarations(Module &M,
2200 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2201
2202 /// Return the variable that's previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations,
2203 /// if any, otherwise return nullptr. Should be used only when
2204 /// getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2205 virtual Value *getSDagStackGuard(const Module &M,
2206 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2207
2208 /// If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the
2209 /// frame pointer (or whichever pointer is used to address locals) into the
2210 /// stack guard value before checking it. getIRStackGuard must return nullptr
2211 /// if this returns true.
2212 virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const { return false; }
2213
2214 /// If the target has a standard stack protection check function that
2215 /// performs validation and error handling, returns the function. Otherwise,
2216 /// returns nullptr. Must be previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations.
2217 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2218 Function *getSSPStackGuardCheck(const Module &M,
2219 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2220
2221protected:
2222 Value *getDefaultSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2223 bool UseTLS) const;
2224
2225public:
2226 /// Returns the target-specific address of the unsafe stack pointer.
2227 virtual Value *
2228 getSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2229 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2230
2231 /// Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty
2232 /// string if not applicable.
2233 virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2234
2235 virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2236
2238 return "";
2239 }
2240
2241 /// Returns true if a cast from SrcAS to DestAS is "cheap", such that e.g. we
2242 /// are happy to sink it into basic blocks. A cast may be free, but not
2243 /// necessarily a no-op. e.g. a free truncate from a 64-bit to 32-bit pointer.
2244 virtual bool isFreeAddrSpaceCast(unsigned SrcAS, unsigned DestAS) const;
2245
2246 /// Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning
2247 /// the object whose address is being passed. If so then MinSize is set to the
2248 /// minimum size the object must be to be aligned and PrefAlign is set to the
2249 /// preferred alignment.
2250 virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst * /*CI*/, unsigned & /*MinSize*/,
2251 Align & /*PrefAlign*/) const {
2252 return false;
2253 }
2254
2255 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2256 /// \name Helpers for TargetTransformInfo implementations
2257 /// @{
2258
2259 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Instruction class opcode.
2260 int InstructionOpcodeToISD(unsigned Opcode) const;
2261
2262 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Intrinsic ID. Returns
2263 /// ISD::DELETED_NODE by default for an unsupported Intrinsic ID.
2264 int IntrinsicIDToISD(Intrinsic::ID ID) const;
2265
2266 /// @}
2267
2268 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2269 /// \name Helpers for atomic expansion.
2270 /// @{
2271
2272 /// Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by
2273 /// the backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well
2274 /// as ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2275 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2277 return MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
2278 }
2279
2280 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2281 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2283 return MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
2284 }
2285
2286 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the
2287 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2289 return MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
2290 }
2291
2292 /// Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction
2293 /// the backend supports. Any smaller operations are widened in
2294 /// AtomicExpandPass.
2295 ///
2296 /// Note that *unlike* operations above the maximum size, atomic ops
2297 /// are still natively supported below the minimum; they just
2298 /// require a more complex expansion.
2299 unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const { return MinCmpXchgSizeInBits; }
2300
2301 /// Whether the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
2302 bool supportsUnalignedAtomics() const { return SupportsUnalignedAtomics; }
2303
2304 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce
2305 /// ordering for this atomic. This should be true for most architectures with
2306 /// weak memory ordering. Defaults to false.
2307 virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const {
2308 return false;
2309 }
2310
2311 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing
2312 /// fence without reducing the ordering for this atomic store. Defaults to
2313 /// false.
2314 virtual bool
2316 return false;
2317 }
2318
2319 // The memory ordering that AtomicExpandPass should assign to a atomic
2320 // instruction that it has lowered by adding fences. This can be used
2321 // to "fold" one of the fences into the atomic instruction.
2322 virtual AtomicOrdering
2326
2327 // Whether to issue an atomic load for the initial word value before the
2328 // atomicrmw/cmpxchg emulation loop.
2329 // TODO: For correctness, an atomic load should be issued for all targets.
2330 // Remove this API once this is achieved
2332 return true;
2333 }
2334
2335 /// Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the
2336 /// corresponding pointee type. This may entail some non-trivial operations to
2337 /// truncate or reconstruct types that will be illegal in the backend. See
2338 /// ARMISelLowering for an example implementation.
2339 virtual Value *emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy,
2340 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2341 llvm_unreachable("Load linked unimplemented on this target");
2342 }
2343
2344 /// Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr. Return the status of the
2345 /// store. This should be 0 if the store succeeded, non-zero otherwise.
2347 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2348 llvm_unreachable("Store conditional unimplemented on this target");
2349 }
2350
2351 /// Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2352 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2353 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2354 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2356 AtomicRMWInst *AI,
2357 Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr,
2358 Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt,
2359 AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2360 llvm_unreachable("Masked atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2361 }
2362
2363 /// Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way. This is
2364 /// expected to be called when masked atomicrmw and bit test atomicrmw don't
2365 /// work, and the target supports another way to lower atomicrmw.
2366 virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const {
2368 "Generic atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2369 }
2370
2371 /// Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
2372 virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const {
2374 "Generic atomic store expansion unimplemented on this target");
2375 }
2376
2377 /// Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
2378 virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const {
2380 "Generic atomic load expansion unimplemented on this target");
2381 }
2382
2383 /// Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
2385 llvm_unreachable("Generic cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2386 }
2387
2388 /// Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2389 /// represents the combined bit test intrinsic which will be lowered at a late
2390 /// stage by the backend.
2393 "Bit test atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2394 }
2395
2396 /// Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a
2397 /// target-specific intrinsic. This represents the combined atomic and compare
2398 /// intrinsic which will be lowered at a late stage by the backend.
2401 "Compare arith atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2402 }
2403
2404 /// Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2405 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2406 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2407 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2409 IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr,
2410 Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2411 llvm_unreachable("Masked cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2412 }
2413
2414 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2415 /// \name KCFI check lowering.
2416 /// @{
2417
2420 const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const {
2421 llvm_unreachable("KCFI is not supported on this target");
2422 }
2423
2424 /// @}
2425
2426 /// Inserts in the IR a target-specific intrinsic specifying a fence.
2427 /// It is called by AtomicExpandPass before expanding an
2428 /// AtomicRMW/AtomicCmpXchg/AtomicStore/AtomicLoad
2429 /// if shouldInsertFencesForAtomic returns true.
2430 ///
2431 /// Inst is the original atomic instruction, prior to other expansions that
2432 /// may be performed.
2433 ///
2434 /// This function should either return a nullptr, or a pointer to an IR-level
2435 /// Instruction*. Even complex fence sequences can be represented by a
2436 /// single Instruction* through an intrinsic to be lowered later.
2437 ///
2438 /// The default implementation emits an IR fence before any release (or
2439 /// stronger) operation that stores, and after any acquire (or stronger)
2440 /// operation. This is generally a correct implementation, but backends may
2441 /// override if they wish to use alternative schemes (e.g. the PowerPC
2442 /// standard ABI uses a fence before a seq_cst load instead of after a
2443 /// seq_cst store).
2444 /// @{
2445 virtual Instruction *emitLeadingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2446 Instruction *Inst,
2447 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2448
2449 virtual Instruction *emitTrailingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2450 Instruction *Inst,
2451 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2452 /// @}
2453
2454 // Emits code that executes when the comparison result in the ll/sc
2455 // expansion of a cmpxchg instruction is such that the store-conditional will
2456 // not execute. This makes it possible to balance out the load-linked with
2457 // a dedicated instruction, if desired.
2458 // E.g., on ARM, if ldrex isn't followed by strex, the exclusive monitor would
2459 // be unnecessarily held, except if clrex, inserted by this hook, is executed.
2460 virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const {}
2461
2462 /// Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
2463 virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const {
2464 return IsSigned;
2465 }
2466
2467 /// Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
2468 virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const {
2469 return true;
2470 }
2471
2472 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the
2473 /// IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
2477
2478 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level
2479 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2485
2486 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level
2487 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CustomExpand
2488 /// will try to use an atomicrmw xchg.
2492
2493 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level
2494 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CastToInteger
2495 /// will try to cast the operands to integer values.
2497 if (SI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isFloatingPointTy())
2500 }
2501
2502 /// Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level
2503 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2504 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2508
2509 /// Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given
2510 /// AtomicRMW, if at all. Default is to never expand.
2511 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2513 if (RMW->isFloatingPointOperation())
2515 if (RMW->getType()->isVectorTy())
2518 }
2519
2520 /// Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level
2521 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2522 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2524 Type *ValTy = RMWI->getValOperand()->getType();
2525 if (RMWI->getOperation() == AtomicRMWInst::Xchg &&
2526 (ValTy->isFloatingPointTy() || ValTy->isPointerTy() ||
2527 ValTy->isVectorTy()))
2529
2531 }
2532
2533 /// On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value
2534 /// (such as fetch_add of 0) can be turned into a fence followed by an
2535 /// atomic load. This may sound useless, but it makes it possible for the
2536 /// processor to keep the cacheline shared, dramatically improving
2537 /// performance. And such idempotent RMWs are useful for implementing some
2538 /// kinds of locks, see for example (justification + benchmarks):
2539 /// http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/2012/HPL-2012-68.pdf
2540 /// This method tries doing that transformation, returning the atomic load if
2541 /// it succeeds, and nullptr otherwise.
2542 /// If shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR returns true on that load, it will undergo
2543 /// another round of expansion.
2544 virtual LoadInst *
2546 return nullptr;
2547 }
2548
2549 /// Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND,
2550 /// SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2552 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
2553 }
2554
2555 /// Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison
2556 /// value to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND). This is
2557 /// separate from getExtendForAtomicOps, which is concerned with the
2558 /// sign-extension of the instruction's output, whereas here we are concerned
2559 /// with the sign-extension of the input. For targets with compare-and-swap
2560 /// instructions (or sub-word comparisons in their LL/SC loop expansions),
2561 /// the input can be ANY_EXTEND, but the output will still have a specific
2562 /// extension.
2564 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2565 }
2566
2567 /// Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input
2568 /// argument to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2570 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2571 }
2572
2573 /// @}
2574
2575 /// Returns true if we should normalize
2576 /// select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y), Y) and
2577 /// select(N0|N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y, Y)) if it is likely
2578 /// that it saves us from materializing N0 and N1 in an integer register.
2579 /// Targets that are able to perform and/or on flags should return false here.
2580 /// \p VT is the type of the select (and X and Y). \p CCVT is the type of its
2581 /// condition (N0 and N1).
2583 EVT CCVT) const {
2584 // If a target has multiple condition registers, then it likely has logical
2585 // operations on those registers.
2587 return false;
2588 // Only do the transform if the value won't be split into multiple
2589 // registers.
2590 LegalizeTypeAction Action = getTypeAction(Context, VT);
2591 return Action != TypeExpandInteger && Action != TypeExpandFloat &&
2592 Action != TypeSplitVector;
2593 }
2594
2595 virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const { return true; }
2596
2597 /// Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be
2598 /// transformed into simple math ops with the condition value. For example:
2599 /// select Cond, C1, C1-1 --> add (zext Cond), C1-1
2600 virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const {
2601 return false;
2602 }
2603
2604 /// Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer
2605 /// multiplication-by-constant into simpler operations like shifts and adds.
2606 /// This may be true if the target does not directly support the
2607 /// multiplication operation for the specified type or the sequence of simpler
2608 /// ops is faster than the multiply.
2610 EVT VT, SDValue C) const {
2611 return false;
2612 }
2613
2614 /// Return true if it may be profitable to transform
2615 /// (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x, c2), c1*c2).
2616 /// This may not be true if c1 and c2 can be represented as immediates but
2617 /// c1*c2 cannot, for example.
2618 /// The target should check if c1, c2 and c1*c2 can be represented as
2619 /// immediates, or have to be materialized into registers. If it is not sure
2620 /// about some cases, a default true can be returned to let the DAGCombiner
2621 /// decide.
2622 /// AddNode is (add x, c1), and ConstNode is c2.
2624 SDValue ConstNode) const {
2625 return true;
2626 }
2627
2628 /// Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT
2629 /// conversion operations - canonicalizing the FP source value instead of
2630 /// converting all cases and then selecting based on value.
2631 /// This may be true if the target throws exceptions for out of bounds
2632 /// conversions or has fast FP CMOV.
2633 virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT,
2634 bool IsSigned) const {
2635 return false;
2636 }
2637
2638 /// Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.* intrinsic.
2639 /// If not optimizing for size, expanding @llvm.powi.* intrinsics is always
2640 /// considered beneficial.
2641 /// If optimizing for size, expansion is only considered beneficial for upto
2642 /// 5 multiplies and a divide (if the exponent is negative).
2643 bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const {
2644 if (Exponent < 0)
2645 Exponent = -Exponent;
2646 uint64_t E = static_cast<uint64_t>(Exponent);
2647 return !OptForSize || (llvm::popcount(E) + Log2_64(E) < 7);
2648 }
2649
2650 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2651 // TargetLowering Configuration Methods - These methods should be invoked by
2652 // the derived class constructor to configure this object for the target.
2653 //
2654protected:
2655 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2656 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2658 BooleanContents = Ty;
2659 BooleanFloatContents = Ty;
2660 }
2661
2662 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2663 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2665 BooleanContents = IntTy;
2666 BooleanFloatContents = FloatTy;
2667 }
2668
2669 /// Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a
2670 /// vector of i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2672 BooleanVectorContents = Ty;
2673 }
2674
2675 /// Specify the target scheduling preference.
2677 SchedPreferenceInfo = Pref;
2678 }
2679
2680 /// Indicate the minimum number of blocks to generate jump tables.
2681 void setMinimumJumpTableEntries(unsigned Val);
2682
2683 /// Indicate the maximum number of entries in jump tables.
2684 /// Set to zero to generate unlimited jump tables.
2685 void setMaximumJumpTableSize(unsigned);
2686
2687 /// Set the minimum of largest of number of comparisons to generate BitTest.
2688 void setMinimumBitTestCmps(unsigned Val);
2689
2690 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
2691 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2693 StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore = R;
2694 }
2695
2696 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
2697 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
2698 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
2699 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
2700 void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn = true) {
2701 HasExtractBitsInsn = hasExtractInsn;
2702 }
2703
2704 /// Tells the code generator not to expand logic operations on comparison
2705 /// predicates into separate sequences that increase the amount of flow
2706 /// control.
2707 void setJumpIsExpensive(bool isExpensive = true);
2708
2709 /// Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
2710 void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth) {
2711 BypassSlowDivWidths[SlowBitWidth] = FastBitWidth;
2712 }
2713
2714 /// Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the
2715 /// specified value type. This indicates the selector can handle values of
2716 /// that class natively.
2718 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
2719 RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy] = RC;
2720 }
2721
2722 /// Return the largest legal super-reg register class of the register class
2723 /// for the specified type and its associated "cost".
2724 virtual std::pair<const TargetRegisterClass *, uint8_t>
2725 findRepresentativeClass(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, MVT VT) const;
2726
2727 /// Once all of the register classes are added, this allows us to compute
2728 /// derived properties we expose.
2729 void computeRegisterProperties(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI);
2730
2731 /// Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified
2732 /// type and indicate what to do about it. Note that VT may refer to either
2733 /// the type of a result or that of an operand of Op.
2734 void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2735 assert(Op < std::size(OpActions[0]) && "Table isn't big enough!");
2736 OpActions[(unsigned)VT.SimpleTy][Op] = Action;
2737 }
2739 LegalizeAction Action) {
2740 for (auto Op : Ops)
2741 setOperationAction(Op, VT, Action);
2742 }
2744 LegalizeAction Action) {
2745 for (auto VT : VTs)
2746 setOperationAction(Ops, VT, Action);
2747 }
2748
2749 /// Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the
2750 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2751 void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2752 LegalizeAction Action) {
2753 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2754 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2755 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2756 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2757 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &= ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2758 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |= (uint16_t)Action << Shift;
2759 }
2760 void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef<unsigned> ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2761 LegalizeAction Action) {
2762 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2763 setLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2764 }
2766 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2767 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2768 setLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2769 }
2770
2771 /// Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type
2772 /// is legal.
2773 void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2774 LegalizeAction Action) {
2775 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2776 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2777 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2778 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2779 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &=
2780 ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2781 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |=
2782 ((uint16_t)Action << Shift);
2783 }
2785 LegalizeAction Action) {
2786 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2787 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2788 }
2790 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2791 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2792 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2793 }
2794
2795 /// Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the
2796 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2797 void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2798 assert(ValVT.isValid() && MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2799 TruncStoreActions[(unsigned)ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] = Action;
2800 }
2801
2802 /// Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the
2803 /// specified type and indicate what to do abort it.
2804 ///
2805 /// NOTE: All indexed mode loads are initialized to Expand in
2806 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2808 LegalizeAction Action) {
2809 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2810 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load, Action);
2811 }
2812
2814 LegalizeAction Action) {
2815 for (auto VT : VTs)
2816 setIndexedLoadAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2817 }
2818
2819 /// Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the
2820 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2821 ///
2822 /// NOTE: All indexed mode stores are initialized to Expand in
2823 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2825 LegalizeAction Action) {
2826 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2827 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store, Action);
2828 }
2829
2831 LegalizeAction Action) {
2832 for (auto VT : VTs)
2833 setIndexedStoreAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2834 }
2835
2836 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with
2837 /// the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2838 ///
2839 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked loads are initialized to Expand in
2840 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2841 void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2842 LegalizeAction Action) {
2843 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad, Action);
2844 }
2845
2846 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work
2847 /// with the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2848 ///
2849 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked stores are initialized to Expand in
2850 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2851 void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2852 LegalizeAction Action) {
2853 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore, Action);
2854 }
2855
2856 /// Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the
2857 /// target and indicate what to do about it.
2859 LegalizeAction Action) {
2860 for (auto CC : CCs) {
2861 assert(VT.isValid() && (unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
2862 "Table isn't big enough!");
2863 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2864 /// The lower 3 bits of the SimpleTy index into Nth 4bit set from the
2865 /// 32-bit value and the upper 29 bits index into the second dimension of
2866 /// the array to select what 32-bit value to use.
2867 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
2868 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << Shift);
2869 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] |= (uint32_t)Action << Shift;
2870 }
2871 }
2873 LegalizeAction Action) {
2874 for (auto VT : VTs)
2875 setCondCodeAction(CCs, VT, Action);
2876 }
2877
2878 /// Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input
2879 /// type InputVT should be treated by the target. Either it's legal, needs to
2880 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
2881 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
2882 void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT,
2883 LegalizeAction Action) {
2886 assert(AccVT.isValid() && InputVT.isValid() &&
2887 "setPartialReduceMLAAction types aren't valid");
2888 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.SimpleTy, InputVT.SimpleTy};
2889 PartialReduceMLAActions[Key] = Action;
2890 }
2892 MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2893 for (unsigned Opc : Opcodes)
2894 setPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT, Action);
2895 }
2896
2897 /// If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults
2898 /// to trying a larger integer/fp until it can find one that works. If that
2899 /// default is insufficient, this method can be used by the target to override
2900 /// the default.
2901 void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2902 PromoteToType[std::make_pair(Opc, OrigVT.SimpleTy)] = DestVT.SimpleTy;
2903 }
2904
2905 /// Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type
2906 /// in a single call.
2907 void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2908 setOperationAction(Opc, OrigVT, Promote);
2909 AddPromotedToType(Opc, OrigVT, DestVT);
2910 }
2912 MVT DestVT) {
2913 for (auto Op : Ops) {
2914 setOperationAction(Op, OrigVT, Promote);
2915 AddPromotedToType(Op, OrigVT, DestVT);
2916 }
2917 }
2918
2919 /// Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that
2920 /// they want to provide a custom DAG combiner for by implementing the
2921 /// PerformDAGCombine virtual method.
2923 for (auto NT : NTs) {
2924 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
2925 TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] |= 1 << (NT & 7);
2926 }
2927 }
2928
2929 /// Set the target's minimum function alignment.
2931 MinFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2932 }
2933
2934 /// Set the target's preferred function alignment. This should be set if
2935 /// there is a performance benefit to higher-than-minimum alignment
2937 PrefFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2938 }
2939
2940 /// Set the target's preferred loop alignment. Default alignment is one, it
2941 /// means the target does not care about loop alignment. The target may also
2942 /// override getPrefLoopAlignment to provide per-loop values.
2943 void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment) { PrefLoopAlignment = Alignment; }
2944 void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes) {
2945 MaxBytesForAlignment = MaxBytes;
2946 }
2947
2948 /// Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2950 MinStackArgumentAlignment = Alignment;
2951 }
2952
2953 /// Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the
2954 /// backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well as
2955 /// ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2956 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2957 void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2958 MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported = SizeInBits;
2959 }
2960
2961 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2962 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2963 void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2964 MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
2965 }
2966
2967 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend
2968 /// supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2969 void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2970 MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
2971 }
2972
2973 /// Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
2974 void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2975 MinCmpXchgSizeInBits = SizeInBits;
2976 }
2977
2978 /// Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
2979 void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported) {
2980 SupportsUnalignedAtomics = UnalignedSupported;
2981 }
2982
2983public:
2984 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2985 // Addressing mode description hooks (used by LSR etc).
2986 //
2987
2988 /// CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store
2989 /// instructions reading the address. This allows as much computation as
2990 /// possible to be done in the address mode for that operand. This hook lets
2991 /// targets also pass back when this should be done on intrinsics which
2992 /// load/store.
2993 virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst * /*I*/,
2994 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> & /*Ops*/,
2995 Type *& /*AccessTy*/) const {
2996 return false;
2997 }
2998
2999 /// This represents an addressing mode of:
3000 /// BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*vscale
3001 /// If BaseGV is null, there is no BaseGV.
3002 /// If BaseOffs is zero, there is no base offset.
3003 /// If HasBaseReg is false, there is no base register.
3004 /// If Scale is zero, there is no ScaleReg. Scale of 1 indicates a reg with
3005 /// no scale.
3006 /// If ScalableOffset is zero, there is no scalable offset.
3007 struct AddrMode {
3009 int64_t BaseOffs = 0;
3010 bool HasBaseReg = false;
3011 int64_t Scale = 0;
3012 int64_t ScalableOffset = 0;
3013 AddrMode() = default;
3014 };
3015
3016 /// Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this
3017 /// target, for a load/store of the specified type.
3018 ///
3019 /// The type may be VoidTy, in which case only return true if the addressing
3020 /// mode is legal for a load/store of any legal type. TODO: Handle
3021 /// pre/postinc as well.
3022 ///
3023 /// If the address space cannot be determined, it will be -1.
3024 ///
3025 /// TODO: Remove default argument
3026 virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM,
3027 Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace,
3028 Instruction *I = nullptr) const;
3029
3030 /// Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local
3031 /// storage (TLS).
3032 virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const {
3033 return false;
3034 }
3035
3036 /// Return the prefered common base offset.
3037 virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset,
3038 int64_t MaxOffset) const {
3039 return 0;
3040 }
3041
3042 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is
3043 /// the target has icmp instructions which can compare a register against the
3044 /// immediate without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3045 virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const {
3046 return true;
3047 }
3048
3049 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the
3050 /// target has add instructions which can add a register with the immediate
3051 /// without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3052 virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const {
3053 return true;
3054 }
3055
3056 /// Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is
3057 /// the target has add instructions which can add a register with the
3058 /// immediate (multiplied by vscale) without having to materialize the
3059 /// immediate into a register.
3060 virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const { return false; }
3061
3062 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a
3063 /// store instruction.
3064 virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const {
3065 // Default implementation assumes that at least 0 works since it is likely
3066 // that a zero register exists or a zero immediate is allowed.
3067 return Value == 0;
3068 }
3069
3070 /// Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new
3071 /// scalar type of size equal to SVI's scalar type if the new type is more
3072 /// profitable. Returns nullptr otherwise. For example under MVE float splats
3073 /// are converted to integer to prevent the need to move from SPR to GPR
3074 /// registers.
3076 return nullptr;
3077 }
3078
3079 /// Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored
3080 /// or bitcast to type 'To', return true if the set should be converted to
3081 /// 'To'.
3082 virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const {
3083 return (From->isIntegerTy() || From->isFloatingPointTy()) &&
3084 (To->isIntegerTy() || To->isFloatingPointTy());
3085 }
3086
3087 /// Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
3088 virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3089 // FIXME: This should get its info from the td file.
3090 switch (Opcode) {
3091 case ISD::ADD:
3092 case ISD::SMIN:
3093 case ISD::SMAX:
3094 case ISD::UMIN:
3095 case ISD::UMAX:
3096 case ISD::MUL:
3097 case ISD::CLMUL:
3098 case ISD::CLMULH:
3099 case ISD::CLMULR:
3100 case ISD::MULHU:
3101 case ISD::MULHS:
3102 case ISD::SMUL_LOHI:
3103 case ISD::UMUL_LOHI:
3104 case ISD::FADD:
3105 case ISD::FMUL:
3106 case ISD::AND:
3107 case ISD::OR:
3108 case ISD::XOR:
3109 case ISD::SADDO:
3110 case ISD::UADDO:
3111 case ISD::ADDC:
3112 case ISD::ADDE:
3113 case ISD::SADDSAT:
3114 case ISD::UADDSAT:
3115 case ISD::FMINNUM:
3116 case ISD::FMAXNUM:
3117 case ISD::FMINNUM_IEEE:
3118 case ISD::FMAXNUM_IEEE:
3119 case ISD::FMINIMUM:
3120 case ISD::FMAXIMUM:
3121 case ISD::FMINIMUMNUM:
3122 case ISD::FMAXIMUMNUM:
3123 case ISD::AVGFLOORS:
3124 case ISD::AVGFLOORU:
3125 case ISD::AVGCEILS:
3126 case ISD::AVGCEILU:
3127 case ISD::ABDS:
3128 case ISD::ABDU:
3129 return true;
3130 default: return false;
3131 }
3132 }
3133
3134 /// Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
3135 virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3136 // A commutative binop must be a binop.
3137 if (isCommutativeBinOp(Opcode))
3138 return true;
3139 // These are non-commutative binops.
3140 switch (Opcode) {
3141 case ISD::SUB:
3142 case ISD::SHL:
3143 case ISD::SRL:
3144 case ISD::SRA:
3145 case ISD::ROTL:
3146 case ISD::ROTR:
3147 case ISD::SDIV:
3148 case ISD::UDIV:
3149 case ISD::SREM:
3150 case ISD::UREM:
3151 case ISD::SSUBSAT:
3152 case ISD::USUBSAT:
3153 case ISD::FSUB:
3154 case ISD::FDIV:
3155 case ISD::FREM:
3156 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMIN:
3157 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMAX:
3158 return true;
3159 default:
3160 return false;
3161 }
3162 }
3163
3164 /// Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type
3165 /// ToTy. e.g. On x86 it's free to truncate a i32 value in register EAX to i16
3166 /// by referencing its sub-register AX.
3167 /// Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3168 virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3169 return false;
3170 }
3171
3172 /// Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding
3173 /// whether a call is in tail position. Typically this means that both results
3174 /// would be assigned to the same register or stack slot, but it could mean
3175 /// the target performs adequate checks of its own before proceeding with the
3176 /// tail call. Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3177 virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3178 return false;
3179 }
3180
3181 virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const { return false; }
3182 virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3183 return isTruncateFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3184 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3185 }
3186
3187 /// Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
3188 virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3189 // Fallback to type matching.
3190 return isTruncateFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3191 }
3192
3193 virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const { return true; }
3194
3195 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3196 /// Unlikely the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family which is based on types,
3197 /// this method can use the context provided by \p I to decide
3198 /// whether or not \p I is free.
3199 /// This method extends the behavior of the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family.
3200 /// In other words, if is[Z|FP]Free returns true, then this method
3201 /// returns true as well. The converse is not true.
3202 /// The target can perform the adequate checks by overriding isExtFreeImpl.
3203 /// \pre \p I must be a sign, zero, or fp extension.
3204 bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const {
3205 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3206 case Instruction::FPExt:
3207 if (isFPExtFree(EVT::getEVT(I->getType()),
3208 EVT::getEVT(I->getOperand(0)->getType())))
3209 return true;
3210 break;
3211 case Instruction::ZExt:
3212 if (isZExtFree(I->getOperand(0)->getType(), I->getType()))
3213 return true;
3214 break;
3215 case Instruction::SExt:
3216 break;
3217 default:
3218 llvm_unreachable("Instruction is not an extension");
3219 }
3220 return isExtFreeImpl(I);
3221 }
3222
3223 /// Return true if \p Load and \p Ext can form an ExtLoad.
3224 /// For example, in AArch64
3225 /// %L = load i8, i8* %ptr
3226 /// %E = zext i8 %L to i32
3227 /// can be lowered into one load instruction
3228 /// ldrb w0, [x0]
3229 bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext,
3230 const DataLayout &DL) const {
3231 EVT VT = getValueType(DL, Ext->getType());
3232 EVT LoadVT = getValueType(DL, Load->getType());
3233
3234 // If the load has other users and the truncate is not free, the ext
3235 // probably isn't free.
3236 if (!Load->hasOneUse() && (isTypeLegal(LoadVT) || !isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
3237 !isTruncateFree(Ext->getType(), Load->getType()))
3238 return false;
3239
3240 // Check whether the target supports casts folded into loads.
3241 unsigned LType;
3242 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Ext))
3243 LType = ISD::ZEXTLOAD;
3244 else {
3245 assert(isa<SExtInst>(Ext) && "Unexpected ext type!");
3246 LType = ISD::SEXTLOAD;
3247 }
3248
3249 return isLoadLegal(VT, LoadVT, Load->getAlign(),
3250 Load->getPointerAddressSpace(), LType, false);
3251 }
3252
3253 /// Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy
3254 /// implicitly zero-extends the value to ToTy in the result register.
3255 ///
3256 /// The function should return true when it is likely that the truncate can
3257 /// be freely folded with an instruction defining a value of FromTy. If
3258 /// the defining instruction is unknown (because you're looking at a
3259 /// function argument, PHI, etc.) then the target may require an
3260 /// explicit truncate, which is not necessarily free, but this function
3261 /// does not deal with those cases.
3262 /// Targets must return false when FromTy >= ToTy.
3263 virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3264 return false;
3265 }
3266
3267 virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const { return false; }
3268 virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3269 return isZExtFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3270 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3271 }
3272
3273 /// Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free
3274 /// (either because it's implicitly zero-extended such as ARM ldrb / ldrh or
3275 /// because it's folded such as X86 zero-extending loads).
3276 virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3277 return isZExtFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3278 }
3279
3280 /// Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than
3281 /// zero-extension.
3282 virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3283 return false;
3284 }
3285
3286 /// Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to
3287 /// a larger type.
3288 virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const { return false; }
3289
3290 /// Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like
3291 /// zext, trunc, fptoui, uitofp) for the target.
3292 virtual bool
3294 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const {
3295 return false;
3296 }
3297
3298 /// Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load
3299 /// two loaded values of type LoadedType next to each other in memory.
3300 /// RequiredAlignment gives the minimal alignment constraints that must be met
3301 /// to be able to select this paired load.
3302 ///
3303 /// This information is *not* used to generate actual paired loads, but it is
3304 /// used to generate a sequence of loads that is easier to combine into a
3305 /// paired load.
3306 /// For instance, something like this:
3307 /// a = load i64* addr
3308 /// b = trunc i64 a to i32
3309 /// c = lshr i64 a, 32
3310 /// d = trunc i64 c to i32
3311 /// will be optimized into:
3312 /// b = load i32* addr1
3313 /// d = load i32* addr2
3314 /// Where addr1 = addr2 +/- sizeof(i32).
3315 ///
3316 /// In other words, unless the target performs a post-isel load combining,
3317 /// this information should not be provided because it will generate more
3318 /// loads.
3319 virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT /*LoadedType*/,
3320 Align & /*RequiredAlignment*/) const {
3321 return false;
3322 }
3323
3324 /// Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
3325 virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const { return false; }
3326
3327 /// Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
3328 /// Default to be the minimum interleave factor: 2.
3329 virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const { return 2; }
3330
3331 /// Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics. Return
3332 /// true on success.
3333 ///
3334 /// \p Load is the vector load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3335 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3336 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3337 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3338 /// result is uncondiitional.
3339 /// \p Shuffles is the shufflevector list to DE-interleave the loaded vector.
3340 /// \p Indices is the corresponding indices for each shufflevector.
3341 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3342 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3343 /// accessed.
3346 ArrayRef<unsigned> Indices, unsigned Factor,
3347 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3348 return false;
3349 }
3350
3351 /// Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics. Return
3352 /// true on success.
3353 ///
3354 /// \p SI is the vector store instruction. Can be either a plain store
3355 /// or a vp.store.
3356 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3357 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3358 /// result is unconditional.
3359 /// \p SVI is the shufflevector to RE-interleave the stored vector.
3360 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3361 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3362 /// accessed.
3364 ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor,
3365 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3366 return false;
3367 }
3368
3369 /// Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
3370 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3371 /// llvm.vector.deinterleave{2,3,5,7}
3372 ///
3373 /// \p Load is the accompanying load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3374 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3375 /// \p DI represents the deinterleaveN intrinsic.
3376 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3377 /// accessed.
3379 IntrinsicInst *DI,
3380 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3381 return false;
3382 }
3383
3384 /// Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
3385 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3386 /// llvm.vector.interleave{2,3,5,7}
3387 ///
3388 /// \p Store is the accompanying store instruction. Can be either a plain
3389 /// store or a vp.store intrinsic.
3390 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3391 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3392 /// result is uncondiitional.
3393 /// \p InterleaveValues contains the interleaved values.
3394 virtual bool
3396 ArrayRef<Value *> InterleaveValues) const {
3397 return false;
3398 }
3399
3400 /// Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because
3401 /// single-precision floating-point numbers are implicitly extended to
3402 /// double-precision).
3403 virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3404 assert(SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() && DestVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3405 "invalid fpext types");
3406 return false;
3407 }
3408
3409 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3410 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3411 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3412 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode,
3413 LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const {
3414 return false;
3415 }
3416
3417 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3418 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3419 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3420 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode,
3421 EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3422 assert(DestVT.isFloatingPoint() && SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3423 "invalid fpext types");
3424 return isFPExtFree(DestVT, SrcVT);
3425 }
3426
3427 /// Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any
3428 /// extend node) is profitable.
3429 virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const { return false; }
3430
3431 /// Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never
3432 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3433 virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const {
3434 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3435 return false;
3436 }
3437
3438 /// Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never
3439 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3440 virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const {
3441 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3442 return false;
3443 }
3444
3445 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3446 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3447 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3448 ///
3449 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3450 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3451 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3452 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3453 ///
3454 /// Targets that care about soft float support should return false when soft
3455 /// float code is being generated (i.e. use-soft-float).
3457 EVT) const {
3458 return false;
3459 }
3460
3461 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3462 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3463 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3464 ///
3465 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3466 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3467 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3468 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3470 LLT) const {
3471 return false;
3472 }
3473
3474 /// IR version
3475 virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const {
3476 return false;
3477 }
3478
3479 /// Returns true if \p MI can be combined with another instruction to
3480 /// form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD. \p N may be an TargetOpcode::G_FADD,
3481 /// TargetOpcode::G_FSUB, or an TargetOpcode::G_FMUL which will be
3482 /// distributed into an fadd/fsub.
3483 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const {
3484 assert((MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FADD ||
3485 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FSUB ||
3486 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FMUL) &&
3487 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3488 switch (Ty.getScalarSizeInBits()) {
3489 case 16:
3490 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f16);
3491 case 32:
3492 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f32);
3493 case 64:
3494 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f64);
3495 default:
3496 break;
3497 }
3498
3499 return false;
3500 }
3501
3502 /// Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD. \p N may be an
3503 /// ISD::FADD, ISD::FSUB, or an ISD::FMUL which will be distributed into an
3504 /// fadd/fsub.
3505 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const {
3506 assert((N->getOpcode() == ISD::FADD || N->getOpcode() == ISD::FSUB ||
3507 N->getOpcode() == ISD::FMUL) &&
3508 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3509 return isOperationLegal(ISD::FMAD, N->getValueType(0));
3510 }
3511
3512 // Return true when the decision to generate FMA's (or FMS, FMLA etc) rather
3513 // than FMUL and ADD is delegated to the machine combiner.
3515 CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const {
3516 return false;
3517 }
3518
3519 /// Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to
3520 /// DestVT. e.g. on x86, it's profitable to narrow from i32 to i8 but not from
3521 /// i32 to i16.
3522 virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const {
3523 return false;
3524 }
3525
3526 /// Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity
3527 /// constant is profitable. This is the inverse of an IR transform.
3528 /// Example: X + (Cond ? Y : 0) --> Cond ? (X + Y) : X
3529 virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT,
3530 unsigned SelectOpcode,
3531 SDValue X,
3532 SDValue Y) const {
3533 return false;
3534 }
3535
3536 /// Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to
3537 /// just the constant itself.
3538 /// On some targets it might be more efficient to use a combination of
3539 /// arithmetic instructions to materialize the constant instead of loading it
3540 /// from a constant pool.
3542 Type *Ty) const {
3543 return false;
3544 }
3545
3546 /// Return the cost of extracting a subvector of type \p ResVT from a vector
3547 /// of type \p SrcVT, starting at element \p Index.
3548 ///
3549 /// Most callers only create a new EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR when the cost is at most
3550 /// ExtractSubvectorCost::Cheap. This hook exists because EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
3551 /// usually has custom lowering that depends on the index of the first
3552 /// element, so only the target knows which lowering is cheap.
3554 unsigned Index) const {
3556 }
3557
3558 /// Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an
3559 /// extract element followed by a scalar operation.
3560 virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const {
3561 return false;
3562 }
3563
3564 /// Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type
3565 /// at the given index is cheap. For example, if scalar operations occur on
3566 /// the same register file as vector operations, then an extract element may
3567 /// be a sub-register rename rather than an actual instruction.
3568 virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const {
3569 return false;
3570 }
3571
3572 /// Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG
3573 /// node operation. Targets may want to override this independently of whether
3574 /// the operation is legal/custom for the given type because it may obscure
3575 /// matching of other patterns.
3576 virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT,
3577 bool MathUsed) const {
3578 // Form it if it is legal.
3579 if (isOperationLegal(Opcode, VT))
3580 return true;
3581
3582 // TODO: The default logic is inherited from code in CodeGenPrepare.
3583 // The opcode should not make a difference by default?
3584 if (Opcode != ISD::UADDO)
3585 return false;
3586
3587 // Allow the transform as long as we have an integer type that is not
3588 // obviously illegal and unsupported and if the math result is used
3589 // besides the overflow check. On some targets (e.g. SPARC), it is
3590 // not profitable to form on overflow op if the math result has no
3591 // concrete users.
3592 if (VT.isVector())
3593 return false;
3594 return MathUsed && (VT.isSimple() || !isOperationExpand(Opcode, VT));
3595 }
3596
3597 // Return true if the target wants to optimize the mul overflow intrinsic
3598 // for the given \p VT.
3600 EVT VT) const {
3601 return false;
3602 }
3603
3604 // Return true if it is profitable to use a scalar input to a BUILD_VECTOR
3605 // even if the vector itself has multiple uses.
3606 virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const {
3607 return false;
3608 }
3609
3610 // Return true if CodeGenPrepare should consider splitting large offset of a
3611 // GEP to make the GEP fit into the addressing mode and can be sunk into the
3612 // same blocks of its users.
3613 virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const { return false; }
3614
3615 /// Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given
3616 /// amount is not profitable.
3617 virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const {
3618 return false;
3619 }
3620
3621 // Should we fold (select_cc seteq (and x, y), 0, 0, A) -> (and (sra (shl x))
3622 // A) where y has a single bit set?
3624 const APInt &AndMask) const {
3625 unsigned ShCt = AndMask.getBitWidth() - 1;
3626 return !shouldAvoidTransformToShift(VT, ShCt);
3627 }
3628
3629 /// Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register
3630 /// passed to the fp16 to fp conversion library function.
3631 virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const { return false; }
3632
3633 /// Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type
3634 /// VT. Used when folding idioms into a saturating fp-to-int conversion, such
3635 /// as min(max(fptoi)) clamps or NaN-guarded selects.
3636 virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const {
3637 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(Op, VT);
3638 }
3639
3640 /// Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types
3642 return false;
3643 }
3644
3645 /// True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic
3646 /// semantics for pointers with the given value type. False if pointer
3647 /// arithmetic should not be preserved for passes such as instruction
3648 /// selection, and can fallback to regular arithmetic.
3649 /// This should be removed when PTRADD nodes are widely supported by backends.
3650 virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const {
3651 return false;
3652 }
3653
3654 /// True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer
3655 /// arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds intermediate results.
3657 EVT PtrVT) const {
3658 return false;
3659 }
3660
3661 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving
3662 virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const { return false; }
3663
3664 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation
3665 /// and type
3668 return false;
3669 }
3670
3671 // Get the preferred opcode for FP_TO_XINT nodes.
3672 // By default, this checks if the provded operation is an illegal FP_TO_UINT
3673 // and if so, checks if FP_TO_SINT is legal or custom for use as a
3674 // replacement. If both UINT and SINT conversions are Custom, we choose SINT
3675 // by default because that's the right thing on PPC.
3676 virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT,
3677 EVT ToVT) const {
3678 if (isOperationLegal(Op, ToVT))
3679 return Op;
3680 switch (Op) {
3681 case ISD::FP_TO_UINT:
3683 return ISD::FP_TO_SINT;
3684 break;
3688 break;
3689 case ISD::VP_FP_TO_UINT:
3690 if (isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::VP_FP_TO_SINT, ToVT))
3691 return ISD::VP_FP_TO_SINT;
3692 break;
3693 default:
3694 break;
3695 }
3696 return Op;
3697 }
3698
3699 /// Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
3700 /// If one cannot be created using all the given inputs, nullptr should be
3701 /// returned.
3704 ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB,
3705 Value *Accumulator = nullptr) const {
3706 return nullptr;
3707 }
3708
3710 return RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3711 }
3712
3713 const LibcallLoweringInfo &getLibcallLoweringInfo() const { return Libcalls; }
3714
3715 void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl) {
3716 Libcalls.setLibcallImpl(Call, Impl);
3717 }
3718
3719 /// Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
3720 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3721 return Libcalls.getLibcallImpl(Call);
3722 }
3723
3724 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
3725 // FIXME: This should be removed. Only LibcallImpl should have a name.
3726 const char *getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3727 return Libcalls.getLibcallName(Call);
3728 }
3729
3730 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation
3734
3735 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const { return Libcalls.getMemcpyImpl(); }
3736
3737 /// Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise
3738 /// RTLIB::Unsupported.
3739 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const {
3740 return RuntimeLibcallInfo.getSupportedLibcallImpl(FuncName);
3741 }
3742
3743 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall
3744 /// implementation.
3746 return Libcalls.getLibcallImplCallingConv(Call);
3747 }
3748
3749 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
3750 // FIXME: Remove this wrapper and directly use the used LibcallImpl
3752 return Libcalls.getLibcallCallingConv(Call);
3753 }
3754
3755 /// Execute target specific actions to finalize target lowering.
3756 /// This is used to set extra flags in MachineFrameInformation and freezing
3757 /// the set of reserved registers.
3758 /// The default implementation just freezes the set of reserved registers.
3759 virtual void finalizeLowering(MachineFunction &MF) const;
3760
3761 /// Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there
3762 /// are functions calls between the load and the store.
3763 virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const { return true; }
3764
3765 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3766 // GlobalISel Hooks
3767 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3768 /// Check whether or not \p MI needs to be moved close to its uses.
3769 virtual bool shouldLocalize(const MachineInstr &MI, const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) const;
3770
3771
3772private:
3773 const TargetMachine &TM;
3774
3775 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
3776 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
3777 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
3778 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
3779 bool HasExtractBitsInsn;
3780
3781 /// Tells the code generator to bypass slow divide or remainder
3782 /// instructions. For example, BypassSlowDivWidths[32,8] tells the code
3783 /// generator to bypass 32-bit integer div/rem with an 8-bit unsigned integer
3784 /// div/rem when the operands are positive and less than 256.
3785 DenseMap <unsigned int, unsigned int> BypassSlowDivWidths;
3786
3787 /// Tells the code generator that it shouldn't generate extra flow control
3788 /// instructions and should attempt to combine flow control instructions via
3789 /// predication.
3790 bool JumpIsExpensive;
3791
3792 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3793 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3794 BooleanContent BooleanContents;
3795
3796 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3797 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3798 BooleanContent BooleanFloatContents;
3799
3800 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean vector values
3801 /// when the element type is wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3802 BooleanContent BooleanVectorContents;
3803
3804 /// The target scheduling preference: shortest possible total cycles or lowest
3805 /// register usage.
3806 Sched::Preference SchedPreferenceInfo;
3807
3808 /// The minimum alignment that any argument on the stack needs to have.
3809 Align MinStackArgumentAlignment;
3810
3811 /// The minimum function alignment (used when optimizing for size, and to
3812 /// prevent explicitly provided alignment from leading to incorrect code).
3813 Align MinFunctionAlignment;
3814
3815 /// The preferred function alignment (used when alignment unspecified and
3816 /// optimizing for speed).
3817 Align PrefFunctionAlignment;
3818
3819 /// The preferred loop alignment (in log2 bot in bytes).
3820 Align PrefLoopAlignment;
3821 /// The maximum amount of bytes permitted to be emitted for alignment.
3822 unsigned MaxBytesForAlignment;
3823
3824 /// Size in bits of the maximum atomics size the backend supports.
3825 /// Accesses larger than this will be expanded by AtomicExpandPass.
3826 unsigned MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
3827
3828 /// Size in bits of the maximum div/rem size the backend supports.
3829 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3830 unsigned MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
3831
3832 /// Size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion size the
3833 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by
3834 /// ExpandIRInsts.
3835 unsigned MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
3836
3837 /// Size in bits of the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc operation the
3838 /// backend supports.
3839 unsigned MinCmpXchgSizeInBits;
3840
3841 /// The minimum of largest number of comparisons to use bit test for switch.
3842 unsigned MinimumBitTestCmps;
3843
3844 /// Maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable
3845 /// vectors.
3846 unsigned MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
3847
3848 /// This indicates if the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
3849 bool SupportsUnalignedAtomics;
3850
3851 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
3852 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
3853 Register StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
3854
3855 /// This indicates the default register class to use for each ValueType the
3856 /// target supports natively.
3857 const TargetRegisterClass *RegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3858 uint16_t NumRegistersForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3859 MVT RegisterTypeForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3860
3861 /// This indicates the "representative" register class to use for each
3862 /// ValueType the target supports natively. This information is used by the
3863 /// scheduler to track register pressure. By default, the representative
3864 /// register class is the largest legal super-reg register class of the
3865 /// register class of the specified type. e.g. On x86, i8, i16, and i32's
3866 /// representative class would be GR32.
3867 const TargetRegisterClass *RepRegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE] = {nullptr};
3868
3869 /// This indicates the "cost" of the "representative" register class for each
3870 /// ValueType. The cost is used by the scheduler to approximate register
3871 /// pressure.
3872 uint8_t RepRegClassCostForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3873
3874 /// For any value types we are promoting or expanding, this contains the value
3875 /// type that we are changing to. For Expanded types, this contains one step
3876 /// of the expand (e.g. i64 -> i32), even if there are multiple steps required
3877 /// (e.g. i64 -> i16). For types natively supported by the system, this holds
3878 /// the same type (e.g. i32 -> i32).
3879 MVT TransformToType[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3880
3881 /// For each operation and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction that
3882 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the operation. Most
3883 /// operations are Legal (aka, supported natively by the target), but
3884 /// operations that are not should be described. Note that operations on
3885 /// non-legal value types are not described here.
3886 LegalizeAction OpActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END];
3887
3888 /// For each load extension type and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction
3889 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with a load of a
3890 /// specific value type and extension type. Uses 4-bits to store the action
3891 /// for each of the 4 load ext types.
3892 uint16_t LoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3893
3894 /// Similar to LoadExtActions, but for atomic loads. Only Legal or Expand
3895 /// (default) values are supported.
3896 uint16_t AtomicLoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3897
3898 /// For each value type pair keep a LegalizeAction that indicates whether a
3899 /// truncating store of a specific value type and truncating type is legal.
3900 LegalizeAction TruncStoreActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3901
3902 /// For each indexed mode and each value type, keep a quad of LegalizeAction
3903 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the load /
3904 /// store / maskedload / maskedstore.
3905 ///
3906 /// The first dimension is the value_type for the reference. The second
3907 /// dimension represents the various modes for load store.
3908 uint16_t IndexedModeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE];
3909
3910 /// For each condition code (ISD::CondCode) keep a LegalizeAction that
3911 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the condition code.
3912 ///
3913 /// Because each CC action takes up 4 bits, we need to have the array size be
3914 /// large enough to fit all of the value types. This can be done by rounding
3915 /// up the MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE value to the next multiple of 8.
3916 uint32_t CondCodeActions[ISD::SETCC_INVALID][(MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE + 7) / 8];
3917
3918 using PartialReduceActionTypes =
3919 std::tuple<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType, MVT::SimpleValueType>;
3920 /// For each partial reduce opcode, result type and input type combination,
3921 /// keep a LegalizeAction which indicates how instruction selection should
3922 /// deal with this operation.
3923 DenseMap<PartialReduceActionTypes, LegalizeAction> PartialReduceMLAActions;
3924
3925 ValueTypeActionImpl ValueTypeActions;
3926
3927private:
3928 /// Targets can specify ISD nodes that they would like PerformDAGCombine
3929 /// callbacks for by calling setTargetDAGCombine(), which sets a bit in this
3930 /// array.
3931 unsigned char
3932 TargetDAGCombineArray[(ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END+CHAR_BIT-1)/CHAR_BIT];
3933
3934 /// For operations that must be promoted to a specific type, this holds the
3935 /// destination type. This map should be sparse, so don't hold it as an
3936 /// array.
3937 ///
3938 /// Targets add entries to this map with AddPromotedToType(..), clients access
3939 /// this with getTypeToPromoteTo(..).
3940 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>, MVT::SimpleValueType>
3941 PromoteToType;
3942
3943 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3944 const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3945
3946 /// The list of libcalls that the target will use.
3947 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3948 LibcallLoweringInfo Libcalls;
3949
3950 /// The bits of IndexedModeActions used to store the legalisation actions
3951 /// We store the data as | ML | MS | L | S | each taking 4 bits.
3952 enum IndexedModeActionsBits {
3953 IMAB_Store = 0,
3954 IMAB_Load = 4,
3955 IMAB_MaskedStore = 8,
3956 IMAB_MaskedLoad = 12
3957 };
3958
3959 void setIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, unsigned Shift,
3960 LegalizeAction Action) {
3961 assert(VT.isValid() && IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE &&
3962 (unsigned)Action < 0xf && "Table isn't big enough!");
3963 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
3964 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] &= ~(0xf << Shift);
3965 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] |= ((uint16_t)Action) << Shift;
3966 }
3967
3968 LegalizeAction getIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
3969 unsigned Shift) const {
3970 assert(IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE && VT.isValid() &&
3971 "Table isn't big enough!");
3972 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
3973 return (LegalizeAction)((IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] >> Shift) & 0xf);
3974 }
3975
3976protected:
3977 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3978 /// \pre \p I is a sign, zero, or fp extension and
3979 /// is[Z|FP]ExtFree of the related types is not true.
3980 virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const { return false; }
3981
3982 /// Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain
3983 /// dependencies when trying to find a more preferable chain. As an
3984 /// approximation, this should be more than the number of consecutive stores
3985 /// expected to be merged.
3987
3988 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
3989 ///
3990 /// When lowering \@llvm.memset this field specifies the maximum number of
3991 /// store operations that may be substituted for the call to memset. Targets
3992 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
3993 /// should assume that the memset will be done using as many of the largest
3994 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
3995 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
3996 /// with 16-bit alignment would result in four 2-byte stores and one 1-byte
3997 /// store. This only applies to setting a constant array of a constant size.
3999 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4001
4002 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
4003 ///
4004 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcpy this field specifies the maximum number of
4005 /// store operations that may be substituted for a call to memcpy. Targets
4006 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4007 /// should assume that the memcpy will be done using as many of the largest
4008 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4009 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4010 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte store, a one 2-byte store
4011 /// and one 1-byte store. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4012 /// constant size.
4014 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4016 /// \brief Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
4017 ///
4018 /// When memcpy is inlined based on MaxStoresPerMemcpy, specify maximum number
4019 /// of store instructions to keep together. This helps in pairing and
4020 // vectorization later on.
4022
4023 /// \brief Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
4024 ///
4025 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcmp this field specifies the maximum number of
4026 /// pairs of load operations that may be substituted for a call to memcmp.
4027 /// Targets must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target.
4028 /// Targets should assume that the memcmp will be done using as many of the
4029 /// largest load operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4030 /// alignment restrictions. For example, loading 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4031 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte load, a one 2-byte load
4032 /// and one 1-byte load. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4033 /// constant size.
4035 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4037
4038 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
4039 ///
4040 /// When lowering \@llvm.memmove this field specifies the maximum number of
4041 /// store instructions that may be substituted for a call to memmove. Targets
4042 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4043 /// should assume that the memmove will be done using as many of the largest
4044 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4045 /// alignment restrictions. For example, moving 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4046 /// with 8-bit alignment would result in nine 1-byte stores. This only
4047 /// applies to copying a constant array of constant size.
4049 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4051
4052 /// Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if
4053 /// the branch is usually predicted right.
4055
4056 /// \see enableExtLdPromotion.
4058
4059 /// Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified
4060 /// register class are all legal.
4061 bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
4062 const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const;
4063
4064 /// Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent
4065 /// sequence of memory operands that is recognized by PrologEpilogInserter.
4067 MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
4068
4070};
4071
4072/// This class defines information used to lower LLVM code to legal SelectionDAG
4073/// operators that the target instruction selector can accept natively.
4074///
4075/// This class also defines callbacks that targets must implement to lower
4076/// target-specific constructs to SelectionDAG operators.
4078public:
4079 struct DAGCombinerInfo;
4080 struct MakeLibCallOptions;
4081
4084
4085 explicit TargetLowering(const TargetMachine &TM,
4086 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
4088
4089 bool isPositionIndependent() const;
4090
4091 // If set to true, SelectionDAG nodes will be consistently processed in
4092 // topological order. This is a temporary hook until sorting can be
4093 // enabled globally.
4094 virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const { return false; }
4095
4098 UniformityInfo *UA) const {
4099 return false;
4100 }
4101
4102 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4103 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4104 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4105 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4106 // DAGCombiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4107 // restrict common combiner.
4109 SDValue N1) const {
4110 return N0.hasOneUse();
4111 }
4112
4113 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4114 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4115 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4116 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4117 // combiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4118 // restrict common combiner.
4120 Register N1) const {
4121 return MRI.hasOneNonDBGUse(N0);
4122 }
4123
4124 virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode * N) const {
4125 return false;
4126 }
4127
4128 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4129 /// by reference if the node's address can be legally represented as
4130 /// pre-indexed load / store address.
4131 virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDValue &/*Base*/,
4132 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4133 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4134 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4135 return false;
4136 }
4137
4138 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4139 /// by reference if this node can be combined with a load / store to form a
4140 /// post-indexed load / store.
4141 virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDNode * /*Op*/,
4142 SDValue &/*Base*/,
4143 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4144 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4145 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4146 return false;
4147 }
4148
4149 /// Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing
4150 /// mode for this target. \p MI is the load or store instruction that is being
4151 /// considered for transformation.
4153 bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const {
4154 return false;
4155 }
4156
4157 /// Return the entry encoding for a jump table in the current function. The
4158 /// returned value is a member of the MachineJumpTableInfo::JTEntryKind enum.
4159 virtual unsigned getJumpTableEncoding() const;
4160
4161 virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
4162 return getPointerTy(DL);
4163 }
4164
4165 virtual const MCExpr *
4167 const MachineBasicBlock * /*MBB*/, unsigned /*uid*/,
4168 MCContext &/*Ctx*/) const {
4169 llvm_unreachable("Need to implement this hook if target has custom JTIs");
4170 }
4171
4172 /// Returns relocation base for the given PIC jumptable.
4173 virtual SDValue getPICJumpTableRelocBase(SDValue Table,
4174 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4175
4176 /// This returns the relocation base for the given PIC jumptable, the same as
4177 /// getPICJumpTableRelocBase, but as an MCExpr.
4178 virtual const MCExpr *
4179 getPICJumpTableRelocBaseExpr(const MachineFunction *MF,
4180 unsigned JTI, MCContext &Ctx) const;
4181
4182 /// Return true if folding a constant offset with the given GlobalAddress is
4183 /// legal. It is frequently not legal in PIC relocation models.
4184 virtual bool isOffsetFoldingLegal(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA) const;
4185
4186 /// On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP
4187 /// instruction, which can use either a memory constraint or an address
4188 /// constraint. -fasm-blocks "__asm call foo" lowers to
4189 /// call void asm sideeffect inteldialect "call ${0:P}", "*m..."
4190 ///
4191 /// This function is used by a hack to choose the address constraint,
4192 /// lowering to a direct call.
4193 virtual bool
4195 unsigned OpNo) const {
4196 return false;
4197 }
4198
4200 SDValue &Chain) const;
4201
4202 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4203 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4204 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4205 const SDValue OldRHS) const;
4206
4207 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4208 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4209 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4210 const SDValue OldRHS, SDValue &Chain,
4211 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
4212
4214 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4215 SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr,
4216 SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const {
4217 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4218 }
4219
4221 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4222 SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val,
4223 SDValue Mask) const {
4224 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4225 }
4226
4227 /// Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
4228 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::Unsupported as \p LibcallImpl
4229 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue>
4230 makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT,
4231 ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4232 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const;
4233
4234 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as \p LC.
4235 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC,
4236 EVT RetVT, ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops,
4237 MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4238 const SDLoc &dl,
4239 SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const {
4240 return makeLibCall(DAG, getLibcallImpl(LC), RetVT, Ops, CallOptions, dl,
4241 Chain);
4242 }
4243
4244 /// Check whether parameters to a call that are passed in callee saved
4245 /// registers are the same as from the calling function. This needs to be
4246 /// checked for tail call eligibility.
4247 bool parametersInCSRMatch(const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4248 const uint32_t *CallerPreservedMask,
4249 const SmallVectorImpl<CCValAssign> &ArgLocs,
4250 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &OutVals) const;
4251
4252 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4253 // TargetLowering Optimization Methods
4254 //
4255
4256 /// A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for
4257 /// returning information from TargetLowering to its clients that want to
4258 /// combine.
4265
4267 bool LT, bool LO) :
4268 DAG(InDAG), LegalTys(LT), LegalOps(LO) {}
4269
4270 bool LegalTypes() const { return LegalTys; }
4271 bool LegalOperations() const { return LegalOps; }
4272
4274 Old = O;
4275 New = N;
4276 return true;
4277 }
4278 };
4279
4280 /// Determines the optimal series of memory ops to replace the memset /
4281 /// memcpy. Return true if the number of memory ops is below the threshold
4282 /// (Limit). Note that this is always the case when Limit is ~0. It returns
4283 /// the types of the sequence of memory ops to perform memset / memcpy by
4284 /// reference. If LargestVT is non-null, the target may set it to the largest
4285 /// EVT that should be used for generating the memset value (e.g., for vector
4286 /// splats). If LargestVT is null or left unchanged, the caller will compute
4287 /// it from MemOps.
4288 virtual bool findOptimalMemOpLowering(LLVMContext &Context,
4289 std::vector<EVT> &MemOps,
4290 unsigned Limit, const MemOp &Op,
4291 unsigned DstAS, unsigned SrcAS,
4292 const AttributeList &FuncAttributes,
4293 EVT *LargestVT = nullptr) const;
4294
4295 /// Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a
4296 /// constant integer. If so, check to see if there are any bits set in the
4297 /// constant that are not demanded. If so, shrink the constant and return
4298 /// true.
4300 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4301 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4302
4303 /// Helper wrapper around ShrinkDemandedConstant, demanding all elements.
4305 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4306
4307 // Target hook to do target-specific const optimization, which is called by
4308 // ShrinkDemandedConstant. This function should return true if the target
4309 // doesn't want ShrinkDemandedConstant to further optimize the constant.
4311 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4312 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4313 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4314 return false;
4315 }
4316
4317 /// Convert x+y to (VT)((SmallVT)x+(SmallVT)y) if the casts are free.
4318 /// This uses isTruncateFree/isZExtFree and ANY_EXTEND for the widening cast,
4319 /// but it could be generalized for targets with other types of implicit
4320 /// widening casts.
4321 bool ShrinkDemandedOp(SDValue Op, unsigned BitWidth,
4322 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4323 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4324
4325 /// Look at Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedBits bits of the
4326 /// result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use this information to
4327 /// simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and return true, returning
4328 /// the original and new nodes in Old and New. Otherwise, analyze the
4329 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4330 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4331 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4332 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4333 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4334 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4335 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4336 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4337 /// has multiple uses.
4338 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4339 const APInt &DemandedElts, KnownBits &Known,
4340 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4341 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4342
4343 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits, demanding all elements.
4344 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4345 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4346 KnownBits &Known, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4347 unsigned Depth = 0,
4348 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4349
4350 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4351 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4352 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4353 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4354
4355 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4356 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4357 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4358 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4359 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4360
4361 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4362 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4363 /// bitwise ops etc.
4364 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4365 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4366 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4367 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4368
4369 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4370 /// elements.
4371 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4372 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4373 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4374
4375 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4376 /// bits from only some vector elements.
4377 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op,
4378 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4379 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4380 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4381
4382 /// Look at Vector Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedElts
4383 /// elements of the result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use
4384 /// this information to simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and
4385 /// return true, storing the original and new nodes in TLO.
4386 /// Otherwise, analyze the expression and return a mask of KnownUndef and
4387 /// KnownZero elements for the expression (used to simplify the caller).
4388 /// The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be accurate for those bits
4389 /// in the DemandedMask.
4390 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4391 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4392 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4393 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4394 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4395 /// has multiple uses.
4396 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedEltMask,
4397 APInt &KnownUndef, APInt &KnownZero,
4398 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4399 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4400
4401 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedVectorElts.
4402 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4403 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4404 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4405
4406 /// Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by
4407 /// converting them to undefs.
4408 virtual bool
4410 const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4411 return true;
4412 }
4413
4414 /// If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the
4415 /// returned size in bits by converting
4416 /// (op x) to insert_subvector (op (extract_subvector x)).
4417 ///
4418 /// The returned size must be a multiple of the element size, greater than or
4419 /// equal to the demanded part of the vector and less than the original
4420 /// vector size. Return 0 to disable shrinking.
4421 virtual unsigned
4423 const APInt &DemandedElts) const {
4424 return 0;
4425 }
4426
4427 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4428 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4429 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4430 /// requested vector elements.
4431 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4433 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4434 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4435 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4436
4437 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4438 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4439 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4440 /// requested vector elements. This is for GISel.
4441 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4443 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4444 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4445 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4446
4447 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4448 Register R,
4450 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4451 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4452 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4453
4454 /// Determine the known alignment for the pointer value \p R. This is can
4455 /// typically be inferred from the number of low known 0 bits. However, for a
4456 /// pointer with a non-integral address space, the alignment value may be
4457 /// independent from the known low bits.
4458 virtual Align computeKnownAlignForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4459 Register R,
4460 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4461 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4462
4463 /// Determine known bits of a pointer to a known valid stack object.
4464 /// The default implementation computes low bits based on alignment.
4465 virtual void computeKnownBitsForStackObjectPointer(KnownBits &Known,
4466 const MachineFunction &MF,
4467 Align Alignment) const;
4468
4469 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4470 /// information about sign bits to the DAG Combiner. The DemandedElts
4471 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4472 /// by the requested vector elements.
4473 virtual unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4474 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4475 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4476 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4477
4478 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4479 /// information about sign bits to GlobalISel combiners. The DemandedElts
4480 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4481 /// by the requested vector elements.
4482 virtual unsigned computeNumSignBitsForTargetInstr(
4483 GISelValueTracking &Analysis, Register R, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4484 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4485
4486 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded vector
4487 /// elements, returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the expression and
4488 /// return a mask of KnownUndef and KnownZero elements for the expression
4489 /// (used to simplify the caller). The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be
4490 /// accurate for those bits in the DemandedMask.
4491 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedVectorEltsForTargetNode(
4492 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, APInt &KnownUndef,
4493 APInt &KnownZero, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4494
4495 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded bits/elts,
4496 /// returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the
4497 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4498 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4499 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4500 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4501 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4502 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4504 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4505 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4506
4507 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4508 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4509 /// bitwise ops etc.
4510 virtual SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBitsForTargetNode(
4511 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4512 SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Depth) const;
4513
4514 /// Return true if this function can prove that \p Op is never poison
4515 /// and, \p Kind can be used to track poison and/or undef bits. The
4516 /// DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested vector elements.
4517 virtual bool isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4518 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4519 UndefPoisonKind Kind, unsigned Depth) const;
4520
4521 /// Return true if Op can create undef or poison from non-undef & non-poison
4522 /// operands. The DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested
4523 /// vector elements.
4524 virtual bool canCreateUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4525 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4526 UndefPoisonKind Kind, bool ConsiderFlags, unsigned Depth) const;
4527
4528 /// Tries to build a legal vector shuffle using the provided parameters
4529 /// or equivalent variations. The Mask argument maybe be modified as the
4530 /// function tries different variations.
4531 /// Returns an empty SDValue if the operation fails.
4532 SDValue buildLegalVectorShuffle(EVT VT, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue N0,
4534 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4535
4536 /// This method returns the constant pool value that will be loaded by LD.
4537 /// NOTE: You must check for implicit extensions of the constant by LD.
4538 virtual const Constant *getTargetConstantFromLoad(LoadSDNode *LD) const;
4539
4540 /// Determine floating-point class information for a target node. The
4541 /// DemandedElts argument allows us to only collect the known FP classes
4542 /// that are shared by the requested vector elements.
4543 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4545 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4546 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4547 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4548
4549 /// If \p SNaN is false, \returns true if \p Op is known to never be any
4550 /// NaN. If \p sNaN is true, returns if \p Op is known to never be a signaling
4551 /// NaN.
4552 virtual bool isKnownNeverNaNForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4553 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4554 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4555 bool SNaN = false,
4556 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4557
4558 /// Return true if vector \p Op has the same value across all \p DemandedElts,
4559 /// indicating any elements which may be undef in the output \p UndefElts.
4560 virtual bool isSplatValueForTargetNode(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4561 APInt &UndefElts,
4562 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4563 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4564
4565 /// Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the
4566 /// target, which should not be transformed back into a BUILD_VECTOR.
4568 return Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR ||
4569 Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS;
4570 }
4571
4572 /// Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and
4573 /// not be transformed. Currently only used for "vselect (not Cond), N1, N2 ->
4574 /// vselect Cond, N2, N1".
4575 virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const { return false; }
4576
4578 void *DC; // The DAG Combiner object.
4581
4582 public:
4584
4585 DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
4586 : DC(dc), Level(level), CalledByLegalizer(cl), DAG(dag) {}
4587
4588 bool isBeforeLegalize() const { return Level == BeforeLegalizeTypes; }
4590 bool isAfterLegalizeDAG() const { return Level >= AfterLegalizeDAG; }
4593
4594 LLVM_ABI void AddToWorklist(SDNode *N);
4595 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, ArrayRef<SDValue> To,
4596 bool AddTo = true);
4597 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res, bool AddTo = true);
4598 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res0, SDValue Res1,
4599 bool AddTo = true);
4600
4601 LLVM_ABI bool recursivelyDeleteUnusedNodes(SDNode *N);
4602
4603 LLVM_ABI void CommitTargetLoweringOpt(const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO);
4604 };
4605
4606 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the true value
4607 /// from getBooleanContents().
4608 bool isConstTrueVal(SDValue N) const;
4609
4610 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the false value
4611 /// from getBooleanContents().
4612 bool isConstFalseVal(SDValue N) const;
4613
4614 /// Return if \p N is a True value when extended to \p VT.
4615 bool isExtendedTrueVal(const ConstantSDNode *N, EVT VT, bool SExt) const;
4616
4617 /// Try to simplify a setcc built with the specified operands and cc. If it is
4618 /// unable to simplify it, return a null SDValue.
4619 SDValue SimplifySetCC(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
4620 bool foldBooleans, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
4621 const SDLoc &dl) const;
4622
4623 // For targets which wrap address, unwrap for analysis.
4624 virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const { return N; }
4625
4626 /// Returns true (and the GlobalValue and the offset) if the node is a
4627 /// GlobalAddress + offset.
4628 virtual bool
4629 isGAPlusOffset(SDNode *N, const GlobalValue* &GA, int64_t &Offset) const;
4630
4631 /// This method will be invoked for all target nodes and for any
4632 /// target-independent nodes that the target has registered with invoke it
4633 /// for.
4634 ///
4635 /// The semantics are as follows:
4636 /// Return Value:
4637 /// SDValue.Val == 0 - No change was made
4638 /// SDValue.Val == N - N was replaced, is dead, and is already handled.
4639 /// otherwise - N should be replaced by the returned Operand.
4640 ///
4641 /// In addition, methods provided by DAGCombinerInfo may be used to perform
4642 /// more complex transformations.
4643 ///
4644 virtual SDValue PerformDAGCombine(SDNode *N, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4645
4646 /// Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount
4647 /// through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as necessary to
4648 /// preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable if it
4649 /// disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g. bitfield
4650 /// extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4651 ///
4652 /// @param N the shift node
4653 /// @param Level the current DAGCombine legalization level.
4655 CombineLevel Level) const {
4656 SDValue ShiftLHS = N->getOperand(0);
4657 if (!ShiftLHS->hasOneUse())
4658 return false;
4659 if (ShiftLHS.getOpcode() == ISD::SIGN_EXTEND &&
4660 !ShiftLHS.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse())
4661 return false;
4662 return true;
4663 }
4664
4665 /// GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a
4666 /// constant amount through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as
4667 /// necessary to preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable
4668 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4669 /// bitfield extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4670 ///
4671 /// @param MI the shift instruction
4672 /// @param IsAfterLegal true if running after legalization.
4674 bool IsAfterLegal) const {
4675 return true;
4676 }
4677
4678 /// GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine:
4679 /// shl ([sza]ext x), y => zext (shl x, y)
4680 virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const {
4681 return true;
4682 }
4683
4684 // Return AndOrSETCCFoldKind::{AddAnd, ABS} if its desirable to try and
4685 // optimize LogicOp(SETCC0, SETCC1). An example (what is implemented as of
4686 // writing this) is:
4687 // With C as a power of 2 and C != 0 and C != INT_MIN:
4688 // AddAnd:
4689 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4690 // -> (icmp eq and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4691 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4692 // -> (icmp ne and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4693 // ABS:
4694 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4695 // -> (icmp eq Abs(A), C)
4696 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4697 // -> (icmp ne Abs(A), C)
4698 //
4699 // @param LogicOp the logic op
4700 // @param SETCC0 the first of the SETCC nodes
4701 // @param SETCC0 the second of the SETCC nodes
4703 const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const {
4705 }
4706
4707 /// Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift
4708 /// to create a logical shift of NOT. This transformation may not be desirable
4709 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4710 /// BIC on ARM/AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4711 virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const {
4712 return true;
4713 }
4714
4715 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type
4716 /// and it is 'desirable' to use the type for the given node type. e.g. On x86
4717 /// i16 is legal, but undesirable since i16 instruction encodings are longer
4718 /// and some i16 instructions are slow.
4719 virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned /*Opc*/, EVT VT) const {
4720 // By default, assume all legal types are desirable.
4721 return isTypeLegal(VT);
4722 }
4723
4724 /// Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating
4725 /// point op of specified opcode to a equivalent op of an integer
4726 /// type. e.g. f32 load -> i32 load can be profitable on ARM.
4727 virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned /*Opc*/,
4728 EVT /*VT*/) const {
4729 return false;
4730 }
4731
4732 /// This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to
4733 /// promote the specified node. If true, it should return the desired
4734 /// promotion type by reference.
4735 virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue /*Op*/, EVT &/*PVT*/) const {
4736 return false;
4737 }
4738
4739 /// Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute. It optimizes
4740 /// loads and stores to reading and writing a specific register.
4741 virtual bool supportSwiftError() const {
4742 return false;
4743 }
4744
4745 /// Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given
4746 /// machine function is handled explicitly via copies.
4747 virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const {
4748 return false;
4749 }
4750
4751 /// Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
4752 virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const { return false; }
4753
4754 /// Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
4755 virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const { return false; }
4756
4757 /// Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly
4758 /// via copies. This function is called at the beginning of instruction
4759 /// selection.
4760 virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const {
4761 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4762 }
4763
4764 /// Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks. We copy a subset of
4765 /// CSRs to virtual registers in the entry block, and copy them back to
4766 /// physical registers in the exit blocks. This function is called at the end
4767 /// of instruction selection.
4769 MachineBasicBlock *Entry,
4770 const SmallVectorImpl<MachineBasicBlock *> &Exits) const {
4771 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4772 }
4773
4774 /// Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and
4775 /// set the cost in \p Cost to indicate that if it is cheaper or neutral to
4776 /// do the negation.
4777 virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG,
4778 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4779 NegatibleCost &Cost,
4780 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4781
4783 SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4785 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4787 SDValue Neg =
4788 getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4789 if (!Neg)
4790 return SDValue();
4791
4792 if (Cost <= CostThreshold)
4793 return Neg;
4794
4795 // Remove the new created node to avoid the side effect to the DAG.
4796 if (Neg->use_empty())
4797 DAG.RemoveDeadNode(Neg.getNode());
4798 return SDValue();
4799 }
4800
4801 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only
4802 /// when the cost is cheaper.
4804 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4805 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4806 return getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize,
4808 }
4809
4810 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if
4811 /// the cost is not expensive.
4813 bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4815 return getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4816 }
4817
4818 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4819 // Lowering methods - These methods must be implemented by targets so that
4820 // the SelectionDAGBuilder code knows how to lower these.
4821 //
4822
4823 /// Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register
4824 /// storing a legal type
4826 SelectionDAG & DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts,
4827 unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4828 return false;
4829 }
4830
4831 /// Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value
4832 virtual SDValue
4834 const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts,
4835 MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT,
4836 std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4837 return SDValue();
4838 }
4839
4840 /// This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments,
4841 /// described by the Ins array, into the specified DAG. The implementation
4842 /// should fill in the InVals array with legal-type argument values, and
4843 /// return the resulting token chain value.
4845 SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
4846 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::InputArg> & /*Ins*/, const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
4847 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*InVals*/) const {
4848 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4849 }
4850
4851 /// Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad
4852 /// blocks. The implementation should return the resulting token chain value.
4853 virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL,
4854 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
4855 return SDValue();
4856 }
4857
4858 virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC,
4859 ArgListTy &Args) const {}
4860
4861 /// This structure contains the information necessary for lowering
4862 /// pointer-authenticating indirect calls. It is equivalent to the "ptrauth"
4863 /// operand bundle found on the call instruction, if any.
4868
4869 /// This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering
4870 /// calls. It is passed to TLI::LowerCallTo when the SelectionDAG builder
4871 /// needs to lower a call, and targets will see this struct in their LowerCall
4872 /// implementation.
4875 /// Original unlegalized return type.
4876 Type *OrigRetTy = nullptr;
4877 /// Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
4878 Type *RetTy = nullptr;
4879 bool RetSExt : 1;
4880 bool RetZExt : 1;
4881 bool IsVarArg : 1;
4882 bool IsInReg : 1;
4888 bool NoMerge : 1;
4889
4890 // IsTailCall should be modified by implementations of
4891 // TargetLowering::LowerCall that perform tail call conversions.
4892 bool IsTailCall = false;
4893
4894 // Is Call lowering done post SelectionDAG type legalization.
4896
4897 unsigned NumFixedArgs = -1;
4903 const CallBase *CB = nullptr;
4908 const ConstantInt *CFIType = nullptr;
4911
4912 std::optional<PtrAuthInfo> PAI;
4913
4919
4921 DL = dl;
4922 return *this;
4923 }
4924
4926 Chain = InChain;
4927 return *this;
4928 }
4929
4930 // setCallee with target/module-specific attributes
4932 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
4933 return setLibCallee(CC, ResultType, ResultType, Target,
4934 std::move(ArgsList));
4935 }
4936
4938 Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target,
4939 ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
4940 OrigRetTy = OrigResultType;
4941 RetTy = ResultType;
4942 Callee = Target;
4943 CallConv = CC;
4944 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
4945 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4946
4947 DAG.getTargetLoweringInfo().markLibCallAttributes(
4948 &(DAG.getMachineFunction()), CC, Args);
4949 return *this;
4950 }
4951
4953 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
4954 AttributeSet ResultAttrs = {}) {
4955 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
4956 IsInReg = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::InReg);
4957 RetSExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::SExt);
4958 RetZExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::ZExt);
4959 NoMerge = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::NoMerge);
4960
4961 Callee = Target;
4962 CallConv = CC;
4963 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
4964 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4965 return *this;
4966 }
4967
4969 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
4970 const CallBase &Call) {
4971 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
4972
4973 IsInReg = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::InReg);
4975 Call.doesNotReturn() ||
4976 (!isa<InvokeInst>(Call) && isa<UnreachableInst>(Call.getNextNode()));
4977 IsVarArg = FTy->isVarArg();
4978 IsReturnValueUsed = !Call.use_empty();
4979 RetSExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::SExt);
4980 RetZExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::ZExt);
4981 NoMerge = Call.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoMerge);
4982
4983 Callee = Target;
4984
4985 CallConv = Call.getCallingConv();
4986 NumFixedArgs = FTy->getNumParams();
4987 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4988
4989 CB = &Call;
4990
4991 return *this;
4992 }
4993
4995 IsInReg = Value;
4996 return *this;
4997 }
4998
5001 return *this;
5002 }
5003
5005 IsVarArg = Value;
5006 return *this;
5007 }
5008
5010 IsTailCall = Value;
5011 return *this;
5012 }
5013
5016 return *this;
5017 }
5018
5021 return *this;
5022 }
5023
5025 RetSExt = Value;
5026 return *this;
5027 }
5028
5030 RetZExt = Value;
5031 return *this;
5032 }
5033
5036 return *this;
5037 }
5038
5041 return *this;
5042 }
5043
5045 PAI = Value;
5046 return *this;
5047 }
5048
5051 return *this;
5052 }
5053
5055 CFIType = Type;
5056 return *this;
5057 }
5058
5061 return *this;
5062 }
5063
5065 DeactivationSymbol = Sym;
5066 return *this;
5067 }
5068
5070 return Args;
5071 }
5072 };
5073
5074 /// This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
5076 // By passing type list before soften to makeLibCall, the target hook
5077 // shouldExtendTypeInLibCall can get the original type before soften.
5081
5082 bool IsSigned : 1;
5086 bool IsSoften : 1;
5087
5091
5093 IsSigned = Value;
5094 return *this;
5095 }
5096
5099 return *this;
5100 }
5101
5104 return *this;
5105 }
5106
5109 return *this;
5110 }
5111
5113 OpsVTBeforeSoften = OpsVT;
5114 RetVTBeforeSoften = RetVT;
5115 IsSoften = true;
5116 return *this;
5117 }
5118
5119 /// Override the argument type for an operand. Leave the type as null to use
5120 /// the type from the operand's node.
5122 OpsTypeOverrides = OpsTypes;
5123 return *this;
5124 }
5125 };
5126
5127 /// This function lowers an abstract call to a function into an actual call.
5128 /// This returns a pair of operands. The first element is the return value
5129 /// for the function (if RetTy is not VoidTy). The second element is the
5130 /// outgoing token chain. It calls LowerCall to do the actual lowering.
5131 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> LowerCallTo(CallLoweringInfo &CLI) const;
5132
5133 /// This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified
5134 /// DAG. The outgoing arguments to the call are described by the Outs array,
5135 /// and the values to be returned by the call are described by the Ins
5136 /// array. The implementation should fill in the InVals array with legal-type
5137 /// return values from the call, and return the resulting token chain value.
5138 virtual SDValue
5140 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*InVals*/) const {
5141 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5142 }
5143
5144 /// Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
5145 virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const {}
5146
5147 /// This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values
5148 /// described by the Outs array can fit into the return registers. If false
5149 /// is returned, an sret-demotion is performed.
5150 virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5151 MachineFunction &/*MF*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
5152 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &/*Outs*/,
5153 LLVMContext &/*Context*/, const Type *RetTy) const
5154 {
5155 // Return true by default to get preexisting behavior.
5156 return true;
5157 }
5158
5159 /// Annotate a stack object pointer with known-bits assertions.
5160 SDValue annotateStackObjectPointer(SDValue Ptr, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5161 const SDLoc &DL, Align Alignment) const;
5162
5163 /// This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described
5164 /// by the Outs array, into the specified DAG. The implementation should
5165 /// return the resulting token chain value.
5166 virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5167 bool /*isVarArg*/,
5168 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> & /*Outs*/,
5169 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*OutVals*/,
5170 const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
5171 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/) const {
5172 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5173 }
5174
5175 /// Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node
5176 /// only. It also compute and return the input chain for the tail call.
5177 ///
5178 /// This is used to determine whether it is possible to codegen a libcall as
5179 /// tail call at legalization time.
5180 virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &/*Chain*/) const {
5181 return false;
5182 }
5183
5184 /// Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail
5185 /// call. This is used by optimization passes to determine if it's profitable
5186 /// to duplicate return instructions to enable tailcall optimization.
5187 virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const {
5188 return false;
5189 }
5190
5191 /// Return the register ID of the name passed in. Used by named register
5192 /// global variables extension. There is no target-independent behaviour
5193 /// so the default action is to bail.
5194 virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char* RegName, LLT Ty,
5195 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
5196 reportFatalUsageError("Named registers not implemented for this target");
5197 }
5198
5199 /// Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a
5200 /// zeroext/signext integer return value. FIXME: Some C calling conventions
5201 /// require the return type to be promoted, but this is not true all the time,
5202 /// e.g. i1/i8/i16 on x86/x86_64. It is also not necessary for non-C calling
5203 /// conventions. The frontend should handle this and include all of the
5204 /// necessary information.
5206 ISD::NodeType /*ExtendKind*/) const {
5207 EVT MinVT = getRegisterType(MVT::i32);
5208 return VT.bitsLT(MinVT) ? MinVT : VT;
5209 }
5210
5211 /// For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple
5212 /// simple types, but the calling convention specifies that the entire struct
5213 /// must be passed in a block of consecutive registers.
5214 virtual bool
5216 bool isVarArg,
5217 const DataLayout &DL) const {
5218 return false;
5219 }
5220
5221 /// For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple
5222 /// smaller types. Usually the halves are ordered according to the endianness
5223 /// but for some platform that would break. So this method will default to
5224 /// matching the endianness but can be overridden.
5225 virtual bool
5227 return DL.isLittleEndian();
5228 }
5229
5230 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as
5231 /// scratch registers.
5233 return nullptr;
5234 }
5235
5236 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be
5237 /// attached into strict FP call.
5241
5242 /// This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
5243 /// It takes a chain node as input and returns the chain for the load itself.
5244 ///
5245 /// Having a callback like this is necessary for targets like SystemZ,
5246 /// which allows a CPU to reuse the result of a previous load indefinitely,
5247 /// even if a cache-coherent store is performed by another CPU. The default
5248 /// implementation does nothing.
5250 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5251 return Chain;
5252 }
5253
5254 /// This callback is invoked by the type legalizer to legalize nodes with an
5255 /// illegal operand type but legal result types. It replaces the
5256 /// LowerOperation callback in the type Legalizer. The reason we can not do
5257 /// away with LowerOperation entirely is that LegalizeDAG isn't yet ready to
5258 /// use this callback.
5259 ///
5260 /// TODO: Consider merging with ReplaceNodeResults.
5261 ///
5262 /// The target places new result values for the node in Results (their number
5263 /// and types must exactly match those of the original return values of
5264 /// the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the node is not
5265 /// to be custom lowered after all.
5266 /// The default implementation calls LowerOperation.
5267 virtual void LowerOperationWrapper(SDNode *N,
5269 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5270
5271 /// This callback is invoked for operations that are unsupported by the
5272 /// target, which are registered to use 'custom' lowering, and whose defined
5273 /// values are all legal. If the target has no operations that require custom
5274 /// lowering, it need not implement this. The default implementation of this
5275 /// aborts.
5276 virtual SDValue LowerOperation(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5277
5278 /// This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the
5279 /// target, and the operation was registered to use 'custom' lowering for that
5280 /// result type. The target places new result values for the node in Results
5281 /// (their number and types must exactly match those of the original return
5282 /// values of the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the
5283 /// node is not to be custom lowered after all.
5284 ///
5285 /// If the target has no operations that require custom lowering, it need not
5286 /// implement this. The default implementation aborts.
5287 virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode * /*N*/,
5288 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*Results*/,
5289 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
5290 llvm_unreachable("ReplaceNodeResults not implemented for this target!");
5291 }
5292
5293 /// This method returns the name of a target specific DAG node.
5294 virtual const char *getTargetNodeName(unsigned Opcode) const;
5295
5296 /// This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the
5297 /// target does not support "fast" ISel.
5299 const TargetLibraryInfo *,
5300 const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const {
5301 return nullptr;
5302 }
5303
5304 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5305 // Inline Asm Support hooks
5306 //
5307
5309 C_Register, // Constraint represents specific register(s).
5310 C_RegisterClass, // Constraint represents any of register(s) in class.
5311 C_Memory, // Memory constraint.
5312 C_Address, // Address constraint.
5313 C_Immediate, // Requires an immediate.
5314 C_Other, // Something else.
5315 C_Unknown // Unsupported constraint.
5316 };
5317
5319 // Generic weights.
5320 CW_Invalid = -1, // No match.
5321 CW_Okay = 0, // Acceptable.
5322 CW_Good = 1, // Good weight.
5323 CW_Better = 2, // Better weight.
5324 CW_Best = 3, // Best weight.
5325
5326 // Well-known weights.
5327 CW_SpecificReg = CW_Okay, // Specific register operands.
5328 CW_Register = CW_Good, // Register operands.
5329 CW_Memory = CW_Better, // Memory operands.
5330 CW_Constant = CW_Best, // Constant operand.
5331 CW_Default = CW_Okay // Default or don't know type.
5332 };
5333
5334 /// This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
5336 /// This contains the actual string for the code, like "m". TargetLowering
5337 /// picks the 'best' code from ConstraintInfo::Codes that most closely
5338 /// matches the operand.
5339 std::string ConstraintCode;
5340
5341 /// Information about the constraint code, e.g. Register, RegisterClass,
5342 /// Memory, Other, Unknown.
5344
5345 /// If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null,
5346 /// otherwise it is the incoming operand to the CallInst. This gets
5347 /// modified as the asm is processed.
5349
5350 /// The ValueType for the operand value.
5351 MVT ConstraintVT = MVT::Other;
5352
5353 /// Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
5356
5357 /// Return true of this is an input operand that is a matching constraint
5358 /// like "4".
5359 LLVM_ABI bool isMatchingInputConstraint() const;
5360
5361 /// If this is an input matching constraint, this method returns the output
5362 /// operand it matches.
5363 LLVM_ABI unsigned getMatchedOperand() const;
5364 };
5365
5366 using AsmOperandInfoVector = std::vector<AsmOperandInfo>;
5367
5368 /// Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the
5369 /// specific constraints and their prefixes, and also tie in the associated
5370 /// operand values. If this returns an empty vector, and if the constraint
5371 /// string itself isn't empty, there was an error parsing.
5373 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI,
5374 const CallBase &Call) const;
5375
5376 /// Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
5377 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5379 AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const;
5380
5381 /// Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
5382 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5384 AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const;
5385
5386 /// Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific
5387 /// AsmOperandInfo, setting OpInfo.ConstraintCode and OpInfo.ConstraintType.
5388 /// If the actual operand being passed in is available, it can be passed in as
5389 /// Op, otherwise an empty SDValue can be passed.
5390 virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5391 SDValue Op,
5392 SelectionDAG *DAG = nullptr) const;
5393
5394 /// Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
5395 virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const;
5396
5397 using ConstraintPair = std::pair<StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType>;
5399 /// Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a
5400 /// sorted Vector of pairs of constraint codes and their types in priority of
5401 /// what we'd prefer to lower them as. This may contain immediates that
5402 /// cannot be lowered, but it is meant to be a machine agnostic order of
5403 /// preferences.
5405
5406 /// Given a physical register constraint (e.g. {edx}), return the register
5407 /// number and the register class for the register.
5408 ///
5409 /// Given a register class constraint, like 'r', if this corresponds directly
5410 /// to an LLVM register class, return a register of 0 and the register class
5411 /// pointer.
5412 ///
5413 /// This should only be used for C_Register constraints. On error, this
5414 /// returns a register number of 0 and a null register class pointer.
5415 virtual std::pair<unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass *>
5417 StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const;
5418
5420 getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const {
5421 if (ConstraintCode == "m")
5423 if (ConstraintCode == "o")
5425 if (ConstraintCode == "X")
5427 if (ConstraintCode == "p")
5430 }
5431
5432 /// Try to replace an X constraint, which matches anything, with another that
5433 /// has more specific requirements based on the type of the corresponding
5434 /// operand. This returns null if there is no replacement to make.
5435 virtual const char *LowerXConstraint(EVT ConstraintVT) const;
5436
5437 /// Lower the specified operand into the Ops vector. If it is invalid, don't
5438 /// add anything to Ops.
5439 virtual void LowerAsmOperandForConstraint(SDValue Op, StringRef Constraint,
5440 std::vector<SDValue> &Ops,
5441 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5442
5443 // Lower custom output constraints. If invalid, return SDValue().
5444 virtual SDValue LowerAsmOutputForConstraint(SDValue &Chain, SDValue &Glue,
5445 const SDLoc &DL,
5446 const AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5447 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5448
5449 // Targets may override this function to collect operands from the CallInst
5450 // and for example, lower them into the SelectionDAG operands.
5451 virtual void CollectTargetIntrinsicOperands(const CallInst &I,
5453 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5454
5455 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5456 // Div utility functions
5457 //
5458
5459 SDValue BuildSDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5460 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5461 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5462 SDValue BuildUDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5463 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5464 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5465 // Build sdiv by power-of-2 with conditional move instructions
5466 SDValue buildSDIVPow2WithCMov(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5467 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5468 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5469
5470 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SDIV lowering for
5471 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5472 /// assumes SDIV is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5473 /// operations.
5474 virtual SDValue BuildSDIVPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5475 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5476 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5477
5478 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SREM lowering for
5479 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5480 /// assumes SREM is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5481 /// operations.
5482 virtual SDValue BuildSREMPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5483 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5484 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5485
5486 /// Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same
5487 /// divisor. If the transform should never be done, return zero. If the
5488 /// transform should be done, return the minimum number of divisor uses
5489 /// that must exist.
5490 virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const {
5491 return 0;
5492 }
5493
5494 /// Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square
5495 /// roots.
5496
5497 /// Return either a square root or its reciprocal estimate value for the input
5498 /// operand.
5499 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5500 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5501 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5502 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5503 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5504 /// The boolean UseOneConstNR output is used to select a Newton-Raphson
5505 /// algorithm implementation that uses either one or two constants.
5506 /// The boolean Reciprocal is used to select whether the estimate is for the
5507 /// square root of the input operand or the reciprocal of its square root.
5508 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5509 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5510 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5511 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5513 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps,
5514 bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const {
5515 return SDValue();
5516 }
5517
5518 /// Try to convert the fminnum/fmaxnum to a compare/select sequence. This is
5519 /// required for correctness since InstCombine might have canonicalized a
5520 /// fcmp+select sequence to a FMINNUM/FMAXNUM intrinsic. If we were to fall
5521 /// through to the default expansion/soften to libcall, we might introduce a
5522 /// link-time dependency on libm into a file that originally did not have one.
5523 SDValue createSelectForFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5524
5525 /// Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
5526 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5527 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5528 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5529 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5530 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5531 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5532 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5533 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5534 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5536 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const {
5537 return SDValue();
5538 }
5539
5540 /// Return a target-dependent comparison result if the input operand is
5541 /// suitable for use with a square root estimate calculation. For example, the
5542 /// comparison may check if the operand is NAN, INF, zero, normal, etc. The
5543 /// result should be used as the condition operand for a select or branch.
5544 virtual SDValue getSqrtInputTest(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5545 const DenormalMode &Mode,
5546 SDNodeFlags Flags = {}) const;
5547
5548 /// Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for
5549 /// use with a square root estimate calculation.
5551 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5552 return DAG.getConstantFP(0.0, SDLoc(Operand), Operand.getValueType());
5553 }
5554
5555 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5556 // Legalization utility functions
5557 //
5558
5559 /// Expand a MUL or [US]MUL_LOHI of n-bit values into two or four nodes,
5560 /// respectively, each computing an n/2-bit part of the result.
5561 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the parts of the result
5562 /// in little-endian order.
5563 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5564 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5565 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5566 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5567 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5568 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not
5569 bool expandMUL_LOHI(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue LHS,
5570 SDValue RHS, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
5571 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5572 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5573 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5574
5575 /// Expand a MUL into two nodes. One that computes the high bits of
5576 /// the result and one that computes the low bits.
5577 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi nodes.
5578 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5579 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5580 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5581 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5582 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5583 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded. false if it has not
5584 bool expandMUL(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi, EVT HiLoVT,
5585 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5586 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5587 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5588
5589 /// Attempt to expand an n-bit div/rem/divrem by constant using an n/2-bit
5590 /// algorithm. First, attempt to expand the division using a n/2-bit urem by
5591 /// constant and other arithmetic ops. The n/2-bit urem by constant will be
5592 /// expanded by DAGCombiner. As this is not possible for all constant
5593 /// divisors, this method falls back to an implementation of the magic
5594 /// algorithm using n/2-bit operations.
5595 /// \param N Node to expand
5596 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the lo and high parts of
5597 /// the results. For *DIVREM, this will be the quotient parts followed
5598 /// by the remainder parts.
5599 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi parts. Should be
5600 /// half of VT.
5601 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the operation. You can use this
5602 /// parameter if you want to control how low bits are extracted from
5603 /// the LHS.
5604 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the operation. See LL for meaning.
5605 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not.
5606 bool expandDIVREMByConstant(SDNode *N, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result,
5607 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5608 SDValue LL = SDValue(),
5609 SDValue LH = SDValue()) const;
5610
5611 /// Expand funnel shift.
5612 /// \param N Node to expand
5613 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5614 SDValue expandFunnelShift(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5615
5616 /// Expand carryless multiply.
5617 /// \param N Node to expand
5618 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5619 SDValue expandCLMUL(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5620
5621 /// Expand parallel bit extract (compress).
5622 /// \param N Node to expand
5623 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5624 SDValue expandPEXT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5625
5626 /// Expand parallel bit deposit (expand).
5627 /// \param N Node to expand
5628 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5629 SDValue expandPDEP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5630
5631 /// Expand rotations.
5632 /// \param N Node to expand
5633 /// \param AllowVectorOps expand vector rotate, this should only be performed
5634 /// if the legalization is happening outside of LegalizeVectorOps
5635 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5636 SDValue expandROT(SDNode *N, bool AllowVectorOps, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5637
5638 /// Expand shift-by-parts.
5639 /// \param N Node to expand
5640 /// \param Lo lower-output-part after conversion
5641 /// \param Hi upper-output-part after conversion
5642 void expandShiftParts(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi,
5643 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5644
5645 /// Expand float(f32) to SINT(i64) conversion
5646 /// \param N Node to expand
5647 /// \param Result output after conversion
5648 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5649 bool expandFP_TO_SINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5650
5651 /// Expand float to UINT conversion
5652 /// \param N Node to expand
5653 /// \param Result output after conversion
5654 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5655 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5656 bool expandFP_TO_UINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5657 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5658
5659 /// Expand UINT(i64) to double(f64) conversion
5660 /// \param N Node to expand
5661 /// \param Result output after conversion
5662 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5663 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5664 bool expandUINT_TO_FP(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5665 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5666
5667 /// Expand fminnum/fmaxnum into fminnum_ieee/fmaxnum_ieee with quieted inputs.
5668 SDValue expandFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5669
5670 /// Expand fminimum/fmaximum into multiple comparison with selects.
5671 SDValue expandFMINIMUM_FMAXIMUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5672
5673 /// Expand fminimumnum/fmaximumnum into multiple comparison with selects.
5674 SDValue expandFMINIMUMNUM_FMAXIMUMNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5675
5676 /// Expand FP_TO_[US]INT_SAT into FP_TO_[US]INT and selects or min/max.
5677 /// \param N Node to expand
5678 /// \returns The expansion result
5679 SDValue expandFP_TO_INT_SAT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5680
5681 /// Truncate Op to ResultVT. If the result is exact, leave it alone. If it is
5682 /// not exact, force the result to be odd.
5683 /// \param ResultVT The type of result.
5684 /// \param Op The value to round.
5685 /// \returns The expansion result
5686 SDValue expandRoundInexactToOdd(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, const SDLoc &DL,
5687 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5688
5689 /// Expand round(fp) to fp conversion
5690 /// \param N Node to expand
5691 /// \returns The expansion result
5692 SDValue expandFP_ROUND(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5693
5694 /// Expand check for floating point class.
5695 /// \param ResultVT The type of intrinsic call result.
5696 /// \param Op The tested value.
5697 /// \param Test The test to perform.
5698 /// \param Flags The optimization flags.
5699 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5700 SDValue expandIS_FPCLASS(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, FPClassTest Test,
5701 SDNodeFlags Flags, const SDLoc &DL,
5702 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5703
5704 /// Expand FCANONICALIZE to FMUL with 1.
5705 /// \param NodeNode to expand
5706 /// \returns The expansion result
5707 SDValue expandFCANONICALIZE(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5708
5709 /// Expand CONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5710 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5711 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5712 SDValue expandCONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5713
5714 /// Expand CONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5715 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5716 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5717 SDValue expandCONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node,
5718 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5719
5720 /// Expand CTPOP nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTPOP nodes,
5721 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5722 /// \param N Node to expand
5723 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5724 SDValue expandCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5725
5726 /// Expand VP_CTPOP nodes.
5727 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5728 SDValue expandVPCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5729
5730 /// Expand CTLZ/CTLZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTLZ nodes,
5731 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5732 /// \param N Node to expand
5733 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5734 SDValue expandCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5735
5736 /// Expand VP_CTLZ/VP_CTLZ_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5737 /// \param N Node to expand
5738 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5739 SDValue expandVPCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5740
5741 /// Expand CTLS (count leading sign bits) nodes.
5742 /// CTLS(x) = CTLZ(OR(SHL(XOR(x, SRA(x, BW-1)), 1), 1))
5743 /// \param N Node to expand
5744 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5745 SDValue expandCTLS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5746
5747 /// Expand CTTZ via Table Lookup.
5748 /// \param N Node to expand
5749 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5750 SDValue CTTZTableLookup(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT,
5751 SDValue Op, unsigned NumBitsPerElt) const;
5752
5753 /// Expand CTTZ/CTTZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTTZ nodes,
5754 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5755 /// \param N Node to expand
5756 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5757 SDValue expandCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5758
5759 /// Expand VP_CTTZ/VP_CTTZ_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5760 /// \param N Node to expand
5761 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5762 SDValue expandVPCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5763
5764 /// Expand VP_CTTZ_ELTS/VP_CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5765 /// \param N Node to expand
5766 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5767 SDValue expandVPCTTZElements(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5768
5769 /// Expand VECTOR_MATCH nodes.
5770 /// \param N Node to expand
5771 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5772 SDValue expandVectorMatch(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5773
5774 /// Expand VECTOR_FIND_LAST_ACTIVE nodes
5775 /// \param N Node to expand
5776 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5777 SDValue expandVectorFindLastActive(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5778
5779 /// Expand LOOP_DEPENDENCE_MASK nodes
5780 /// \param N Node to expand
5781 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5782 SDValue expandLoopDependenceMask(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5783
5784 /// Expand ABS nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABS nodes,
5785 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5786 /// (ABS x) -> (XOR (ADD x, (SRA x, type_size)), (SRA x, type_size))
5787 /// \param N Node to expand
5788 /// \param IsNegative indicate negated abs
5789 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5790 SDValue expandABS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5791 bool IsNegative = false) const;
5792
5793 /// Expand ABDS/ABDU nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABDS/ABDU nodes.
5794 /// \param N Node to expand
5795 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5796 SDValue expandABD(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5797
5798 /// Expand vector/scalar AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU/AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU nodes.
5799 /// \param N Node to expand
5800 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5801 SDValue expandAVG(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5802
5803 /// Expand BSWAP nodes. Expands scalar/vector BSWAP nodes with i16/i32/i64
5804 /// scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5805 /// \param N Node to expand
5806 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5807 SDValue expandBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5808
5809 /// Expand VP_BSWAP nodes. Expands VP_BSWAP nodes with
5810 /// i16/i32/i64 scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails. \param N Node
5811 /// to expand \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5812 SDValue expandVPBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5813
5814 /// Expand BITREVERSE nodes. Expands scalar/vector BITREVERSE nodes.
5815 /// Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5816 /// \param N Node to expand
5817 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5818 SDValue expandBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5819
5820 /// Expand VP_BITREVERSE nodes. Expands VP_BITREVERSE nodes with
5821 /// i8/i16/i32/i64 scalar types. \param N Node to expand \returns The
5822 /// expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5823 SDValue expandVPBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5824
5825 /// Turn load of vector type into a load of the individual elements.
5826 /// \param LD load to expand
5827 /// \returns BUILD_VECTOR and TokenFactor nodes.
5828 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> scalarizeVectorLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5829 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5830
5831 // Turn a store of a vector type into stores of the individual elements.
5832 /// \param ST Store with a vector value type
5833 /// \returns TokenFactor of the individual store chains.
5835
5836 /// Expands an unaligned load to 2 half-size loads for an integer, and
5837 /// possibly more for vectors.
5838 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> expandUnalignedLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5839 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5840
5841 /// Expands an unaligned store to 2 half-size stores for integer values, and
5842 /// possibly more for vectors.
5843 SDValue expandUnalignedStore(StoreSDNode *ST, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5844
5845 /// Increments memory address \p Addr according to the type of the value
5846 /// \p DataVT that should be stored. If the data is stored in compressed
5847 /// form, the memory address should be incremented according to the number of
5848 /// the stored elements. This number is equal to the number of '1's bits
5849 /// in the \p Mask.
5850 /// \p DataVT is a vector type. \p Mask is a vector value.
5851 /// \p DataVT and \p Mask have the same number of vector elements.
5852 SDValue IncrementMemoryAddress(SDValue Addr, SDValue Mask, const SDLoc &DL,
5853 EVT DataVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5854 bool IsCompressedMemory) const;
5855
5856 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5857 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5858 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5859 /// bounds. \p PtrArithFlags can be used to mark that arithmetic within the
5860 /// vector in memory is known to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5861 SDValue getVectorElementPointer(
5862 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index,
5863 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5864
5865 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5866 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5867 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5868 /// bounds. \p VecPtr is guaranteed to point to the beginning of a memory
5869 /// location large enough for the vector.
5871 EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const {
5872 return getVectorElementPointer(DAG, VecPtr, VecVT, Index,
5875 }
5876
5877 /// Get a pointer to a sub-vector of type \p SubVecVT at index \p Idx located
5878 /// in memory for a vector of type \p VecVT starting at a base address of
5879 /// \p VecPtr. If \p Idx plus the size of \p SubVecVT is out of bounds the
5880 /// returned pointer is unspecified, but the value returned will be such that
5881 /// the entire subvector would be within the vector bounds. \p PtrArithFlags
5882 /// can be used to mark that arithmetic within the vector in memory is known
5883 /// to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5884 SDValue
5885 getVectorSubVecPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT,
5886 EVT SubVecVT, SDValue Index,
5887 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5888
5889 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][MIN|MAX]. This
5890 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5891 SDValue expandIntMINMAX(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5892
5893 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][ADD|SUB]SAT. This
5894 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5895 SDValue expandAddSubSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5896
5897 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]CMP. This
5898 /// method accepts integers as its arguments
5899 SDValue expandCMP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5900
5901 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]SHLSAT. This
5902 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5903 SDValue expandShlSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5904
5905 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[U|S]MULFIX[SAT]. This
5906 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5907 SDValue expandFixedPointMul(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5908
5909 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]DIVFIX[SAT]. This
5910 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5911 /// Note: This method may fail if the division could not be performed
5912 /// within the type. Clients must retry with a wider type if this happens.
5913 SDValue expandFixedPointDiv(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &dl,
5915 unsigned Scale, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5916
5917 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::U(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
5918 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5919 void expandUADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5920 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5921
5922 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::S(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
5923 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5924 void expandSADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5925 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5926
5927 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]MULO. Returns whether
5928 /// expansion was successful and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5929 bool expandMULO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5930 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5931
5932 /// Calculate the product twice the width of LHS and RHS. If HiLHS/HiRHS are
5933 /// non-null they will be included in the multiplication. The expansion works
5934 /// by splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add
5935 /// together without neding MULH or MUL_LOHI.
5936 void forceExpandMultiply(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
5938 SDValue HiLHS = SDValue(),
5939 SDValue HiRHS = SDValue()) const;
5940
5941 /// Calculate full product of LHS and RHS either via a libcall or through
5942 /// brute force expansion of the multiplication. The expansion works by
5943 /// splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add together
5944 /// without needing MULH or MUL_LOHI.
5945 void forceExpandWideMUL(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
5946 const SDValue LHS, const SDValue RHS, SDValue &Lo,
5947 SDValue &Hi) const;
5948
5949 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_* into an explicit calculation. If Count is specified,
5950 /// only the first Count elements of the vector are used.
5951 SDValue expandVecReduce(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5952
5953 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_SEQ_* into an explicit ordered calculation.
5954 SDValue expandVecReduceSeq(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5955
5956 /// Expand an SREM or UREM using SDIV/UDIV or SDIVREM/UDIVREM, if legal.
5957 /// Returns true if the expansion was successful.
5958 bool expandREM(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5959
5960 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::VECTOR_SPLICE. This
5961 /// method accepts vectors as its arguments.
5962 SDValue expandVectorSplice(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5963
5964 /// Expand a vector VECTOR_COMPRESS into a sequence of extract element, store
5965 /// temporarily, advance store position, before re-loading the final vector.
5966 SDValue expandVECTOR_COMPRESS(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5967
5968 /// Expand a CTTZ_ELTS or CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON by calculating (VL - i) for
5969 /// each active lane (i), getting the maximum and subtracting it from VL.
5970 SDValue expandCttzElts(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5971
5972 /// Expands PARTIAL_REDUCE_S/UMLA nodes to a series of simpler operations,
5973 /// consisting of zext/sext, extract_subvector, mul and add operations.
5974 SDValue expandPartialReduceMLA(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5975
5976 /// Expands a node with multiple results to an FP or vector libcall. The
5977 /// libcall is expected to take all the operands of the \p Node followed by
5978 /// output pointers for each of the results. \p CallRetResNo can be optionally
5979 /// set to indicate that one of the results comes from the libcall's return
5980 /// value.
5981 bool expandMultipleResultFPLibCall(
5982 SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, SDNode *Node,
5984 std::optional<unsigned> CallRetResNo = {}) const;
5985
5986 /// Legalize a SETCC or VP_SETCC with given LHS and RHS and condition code CC
5987 /// on the current target. A VP_SETCC will additionally be given a Mask
5988 /// and/or EVL not equal to SDValue().
5989 ///
5990 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using AND / OR, then the legalized node
5991 /// will be stored in LHS. RHS and CC will be set to SDValue(). NeedInvert
5992 /// will be set to false. This will also hold if the VP_SETCC has been
5993 /// legalized using VP_AND / VP_OR.
5994 ///
5995 /// If the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized by using
5996 /// getSetCCSwappedOperands(), then the values of LHS and RHS will be
5997 /// swapped, CC will be set to the new condition, and NeedInvert will be set
5998 /// to false.
5999 ///
6000 /// If the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized using the inverse condcode,
6001 /// then LHS and RHS will be unchanged, CC will set to the inverted condcode,
6002 /// and NeedInvert will be set to true. The caller must invert the result of
6003 /// the SETCC with SelectionDAG::getLogicalNOT() or take equivalent action to
6004 /// swap the effect of a true/false result.
6005 ///
6006 /// \returns true if the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized, false if it
6007 /// hasn't.
6008 bool LegalizeSetCCCondCode(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &LHS,
6009 SDValue &RHS, SDValue &CC, SDValue Mask,
6010 SDValue EVL, bool &NeedInvert, const SDLoc &dl,
6011 SDValue &Chain, bool IsSignaling = false) const;
6012
6013 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6014 // Instruction Emitting Hooks
6015 //
6016
6017 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6018 /// the 'usesCustomInserter' flag. These instructions are special in various
6019 /// ways, which require special support to insert. The specified MachineInstr
6020 /// is created but not inserted into any basic blocks, and this method is
6021 /// called to expand it into a sequence of instructions, potentially also
6022 /// creating new basic blocks and control flow.
6023 /// As long as the returned basic block is different (i.e., we created a new
6024 /// one), the custom inserter is free to modify the rest of \p MBB.
6025 virtual MachineBasicBlock *
6026 EmitInstrWithCustomInserter(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
6027
6028 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6029 /// the 'hasPostISelHook' flag. These instructions must be adjusted after
6030 /// instruction selection by target hooks. e.g. To fill in optional defs for
6031 /// ARM 's' setting instructions.
6032 virtual void AdjustInstrPostInstrSelection(MachineInstr &MI,
6033 SDNode *Node) const;
6034
6035 /// If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a
6036 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering Intrinsic::stackprotector.
6037 virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const { return false; }
6038
6040 const SDLoc &DL) const {
6041 llvm_unreachable("not implemented for this target");
6042 }
6043
6044 /// Lower TLS global address SDNode for target independent emulated TLS model.
6045 virtual SDValue LowerToTLSEmulatedModel(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA,
6046 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6047
6048 /// Expands target specific indirect branch for the case of JumpTable
6049 /// expansion.
6050 virtual SDValue expandIndirectJTBranch(const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Value,
6051 SDValue Addr, int JTI,
6052 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6053
6054 // seteq(x, 0) -> truncate(srl(ctlz(zext(x)), log2(#bits)))
6055 // If we're comparing for equality to zero and isCtlzFast is true, expose the
6056 // fact that this can be implemented as a ctlz/srl pair, so that the dag
6057 // combiner can fold the new nodes.
6058 SDValue lowerCmpEqZeroToCtlzSrl(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6059
6060 // Return true if `X & Y eq/ne 0` is preferable to `X & Y ne/eq Y`
6062 return true;
6063 }
6064
6065 // Expand vector operation by dividing it into smaller length operations and
6066 // joining their results. SDValue() is returned when expansion did not happen.
6067 SDValue expandVectorNaryOpBySplitting(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6068
6069 /// Replace an extraction of a load with a narrowed load.
6070 ///
6071 /// \param ResultVT type of the result extraction.
6072 /// \param InVecVT type of the input vector to with bitcasts resolved.
6073 /// \param EltNo index of the vector element to load.
6074 /// \param OriginalLoad vector load that to be replaced.
6075 /// \returns \p ResultVT Load on success SDValue() on failure.
6076 SDValue scalarizeExtractedVectorLoad(EVT ResultVT, const SDLoc &DL,
6077 EVT InVecVT, SDValue EltNo,
6078 LoadSDNode *OriginalLoad,
6079 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6080
6081protected:
6082 void setTypeIdForCallsiteInfo(const CallBase *CB, MachineFunction &MF,
6083 MachineFunction::CallSiteInfo &CSInfo) const;
6084
6085private:
6086 SDValue foldSetCCWithAnd(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6087 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6088 SDValue foldSetCCWithOr(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6089 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6090 SDValue foldSetCCWithBinOp(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6091 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6092
6093 SDValue optimizeSetCCOfSignedTruncationCheck(EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0,
6095 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6096 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6097
6098 // (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 --> ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
6099 SDValue optimizeSetCCByHoistingAndByConstFromLogicalShift(
6100 EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1C, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6101 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL) const;
6102
6103 SDValue prepareUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6104 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6105 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6106 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6107 SDValue buildUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6108 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6109 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6110
6111 SDValue prepareSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6112 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6113 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6114 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6115 SDValue buildSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6116 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6117 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6118
6119 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUREMDecomposition(
6120 SDNode *N, APInt Divisor, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
6121 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6122
6123 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUMulHiMagic(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
6125 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
6126 SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6127};
6128
6129/// Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value
6130/// EVTs and flags, and optionally also the offsets, if the return value is
6131/// being lowered to memory.
6132LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType,
6133 AttributeList attr,
6134 SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &Outs,
6135 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL);
6136
6137} // end namespace llvm
6138
6139#endif // LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
return SDValue()
assert(UImm &&(UImm !=~static_cast< T >(0)) &&"Invalid immediate!")
This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integral constant values and operations...
MachineBasicBlock & MBB
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator DebugLoc DL
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator MBBI
Function Alias Analysis Results
Atomic ordering constants.
This file contains the simple types necessary to represent the attributes associated with functions a...
#define X(NUM, ENUM, NAME)
Definition ELF.h:856
block Block Frequency Analysis
static GCRegistry::Add< ShadowStackGC > C("shadow-stack", "Very portable GC for uncooperative code generators")
static GCRegistry::Add< CoreCLRGC > E("coreclr", "CoreCLR-compatible GC")
static GCRegistry::Add< OcamlGC > B("ocaml", "ocaml 3.10-compatible GC")
#define LLVM_ABI
Definition Compiler.h:215
#define LLVM_READONLY
Definition Compiler.h:330
This file defines the DenseMap class.
const HexagonInstrInfo * TII
IRTranslator LLVM IR MI
static bool ShrinkDemandedConstant(Instruction *I, unsigned OpNo, const APInt &Demanded)
Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a constant integer.
const AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::OperatorInfo AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::Ops[]
#define RegName(no)
lazy value info
Implement a low-level type suitable for MachineInstr level instruction selection.
#define F(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:54
#define I(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:57
Register const TargetRegisterInfo * TRI
Promote Memory to Register
Definition Mem2Reg.cpp:110
ConstantRange Range(APInt(BitWidth, Low), APInt(BitWidth, High))
uint64_t High
PowerPC Reduce CR logical Operation
const SmallVectorImpl< MachineOperand > & Cond
static cl::opt< RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode > Mode("regalloc-enable-advisor", cl::Hidden, cl::init(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default), cl::desc("Enable regalloc advisor mode"), cl::values(clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default, "default", "Default"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Release, "release", "precompiled"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Development, "development", "for training")))
static Type * getValueType(Value *V, bool LookThroughCmp=false)
Returns the "element type" of the given value/instruction V.
This file defines the SmallVector class.
static TableGen::Emitter::Opt Y("gen-skeleton-entry", EmitSkeleton, "Generate example skeleton entry")
static SymbolRef::Type getType(const Symbol *Sym)
Definition TapiFile.cpp:39
static SDValue scalarizeVectorStore(StoreSDNode *Store, MVT StoreVT, SelectionDAG &DAG)
Scalarize a vector store, bitcasting to TargetVT to determine the scalar type.
Value * RHS
Value * LHS
Class for arbitrary precision integers.
Definition APInt.h:78
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Return the number of bits in the APInt.
Definition APInt.h:1513
Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:40
A cache of @llvm.assume calls within a function.
An instruction that atomically checks whether a specified value is in a memory location,...
an instruction that atomically reads a memory location, combines it with another value,...
bool isFloatingPointOperation() const
BinOp getOperation() const
This class holds the attributes for a particular argument, parameter, function, or return value.
Definition Attributes.h:407
LLVM_ABI bool getValueAsBool() const
Return the attribute's value as a boolean.
BlockFrequencyInfo pass uses BlockFrequencyInfoImpl implementation to estimate IR basic block frequen...
CCState - This class holds information needed while lowering arguments and return values.
CCValAssign - Represent assignment of one arg/retval to a location.
Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) Holds everything related to callin...
This class represents a function call, abstracting a target machine's calling convention.
This is the shared class of boolean and integer constants.
Definition Constants.h:87
This class represents a range of values.
This is an important base class in LLVM.
Definition Constant.h:43
A parsed version of the target data layout string in and methods for querying it.
Definition DataLayout.h:64
unsigned size() const
Definition DenseMap.h:172
constexpr bool isScalar() const
Exactly one element.
Definition TypeSize.h:320
This is a fast-path instruction selection class that generates poor code and doesn't support illegal ...
Definition FastISel.h:67
FunctionLoweringInfo - This contains information that is global to a function that is used when lower...
Class to represent function types.
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of fixed parameters this function type requires.
bool isVarArg() const
Attribute getFnAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const
Return the attribute for the given attribute kind.
Definition Function.cpp:762
Common base class shared among various IRBuilders.
Definition IRBuilder.h:114
A wrapper class for inspecting calls to intrinsic functions.
static LLT integer(unsigned SizeInBits)
This is an important class for using LLVM in a threaded context.
Definition LLVMContext.h:68
Tracks which library functions to use for a particular subtarget.
An instruction for reading from memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::LOAD nodes.
Represents a single loop in the control flow graph.
Definition LoopInfo.h:40
Context object for machine code objects.
Definition MCContext.h:83
Base class for the full range of assembler expressions which are needed for parsing.
Definition MCExpr.h:34
MCRegisterClass - Base class of TargetRegisterClass.
Machine Value Type.
@ INVALID_SIMPLE_VALUE_TYPE
SimpleValueType SimpleTy
uint64_t getScalarSizeInBits() const
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
bool isPow2VectorType() const
Returns true if the given vector is a power of 2.
ElementCount getVectorElementCount() const
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
bool isValid() const
Return true if this is a valid simple valuetype.
static MVT getIntegerVT(unsigned BitWidth)
Instructions::iterator instr_iterator
Representation of each machine instruction.
A description of a memory reference used in the backend.
Flags
Flags values. These may be or'd together.
MachineRegisterInfo - Keep track of information for virtual and physical registers,...
LLVM_ABI bool hasOneNonDBGUse(Register RegNo) const
hasOneNonDBGUse - Return true if there is exactly one non-Debug use of the specified register.
This is an abstract virtual class for memory operations.
A Module instance is used to store all the information related to an LLVM module.
Definition Module.h:67
Represent a mutable reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:294
A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator in the low bits of the poi...
Analysis providing profile information.
Wrapper class representing virtual and physical registers.
Definition Register.h:20
Wrapper class for IR location info (IR ordering and DebugLoc) to be passed into SDNode creation funct...
Represents one node in the SelectionDAG.
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one use of this node.
bool use_empty() const
Return true if there are no uses of this node.
Unlike LLVM values, Selection DAG nodes may return multiple values as the result of a computation.
SDNode * getNode() const
get the SDNode which holds the desired result
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one node using value ResNo of Node, in exactly one operand.
EVT getValueType() const
Return the ValueType of the referenced return value.
const SDValue & getOperand(unsigned i) const
unsigned getOpcode() const
This is used to represent a portion of an LLVM function in a low-level Data Dependence DAG representa...
LLVM_ABI SDValue getConstantFP(double Val, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, bool isTarget=false)
Create a ConstantFPSDNode wrapping a constant value.
const DataLayout & getDataLayout() const
LLVM_ABI void RemoveDeadNode(SDNode *N)
Remove the specified node from the system.
LLVM_ABI SDValue getNode(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, ArrayRef< SDUse > Ops)
Gets or creates the specified node.
LLVMContext * getContext() const
This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two input vectors.
This class consists of common code factored out of the SmallVector class to reduce code duplication b...
This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized for the case when the array is small.
An instruction for storing to memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::STORE nodes.
Represent a constant reference to a string, i.e.
Definition StringRef.h:56
Multiway switch.
TargetInstrInfo - Interface to description of machine instruction set.
Provides information about what library functions are available for the current target.
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node=SDValue())
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node, Type *Ty)
Type * Ty
Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
Type * OrigTy
Original unlegalized argument type.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
void setTypeAction(MVT VT, LegalizeTypeAction Action)
This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent parts that can be used from ...
virtual Value * emitStoreConditional(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Value *Val, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, EVT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or unlikely to be made legal with cu...
EVT getMemValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual void emitBitTestAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool requiresUniformRegister(MachineFunction &MF, const Value *) const
Allows target to decide about the register class of the specific value that is live outside the defin...
void setBooleanVectorContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a vector of i1 to a wider ty...
virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
virtual bool lowerDeinterleaveIntrinsicToLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, IntrinsicInst *DI, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified type and indicate what to do a...
virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const
virtual bool decomposeMulByConstant(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, SDValue C) const
Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer multiplication-by-constant into simpler opera...
void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const
Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation: X = ~A & B This can be used to simplify se...
ReciprocalEstimate
Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
bool PredictableSelectIsExpensive
Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if the branch is usually predict...
virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Targets can use this to indicate that they only support some VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations,...
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingOperationSupported(ComplexDeinterleavingOperation Operation, Type *Ty) const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation and type.
virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const
Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x) where the sext is redundant,...
bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
SDValue promoteTargetBoolean(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Bool, EVT ValVT) const
Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const
Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD.
virtual bool shouldReduceLoadWidth(SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT, std::optional< unsigned > ByteOffset=std::nullopt) const
Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
EVT getValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type.
LegalizeAction
This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not, what action should be used...
virtual bool shouldExpandBuildVectorWithShuffles(EVT, unsigned DefinedValues) const
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind) const
CallingConv::ID getLibcallCallingConv(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpyOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
MachineBasicBlock * emitPatchPoint(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const
Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent sequence of memory operands that...
virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const
Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded with instruction generated for...
virtual bool preferSelectsOverBooleanArithmetic(EVT VT) const
Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types.
virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is the target has icmp instructi...
virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const
Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient.
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent=false) const
Return the register class that should be used for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, bool MathUsed) const
Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG node operation.
ShiftLegalizationStrategy
Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with ExpansionFactor being the recu...
virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const
Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any extend node) is profitable.
virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const
Return if the target supports combining a chain like:
virtual Value * createComplexDeinterleavingIR(IRBuilderBase &B, ComplexDeinterleavingOperation OperationType, ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB, Value *Accumulator=nullptr) const
Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
virtual bool shouldConvertConstantLoadToIntImm(const APInt &Imm, Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to just the constant itself.
virtual MVT::SimpleValueType getCmpLibcallReturnType() const
Return the ValueType for comparison libcalls.
virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which may require a scale is support...
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
unsigned getMaximumLegalStoreInBits() const
Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable vectors.
virtual bool shouldOptimizeMulOverflowWithZeroHighBits(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicRMWInIR(const AtomicRMWInst *RMW) const
Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given AtomicRMW, if at all.
virtual Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference(SDNode *) const
Some scheduler, e.g.
virtual MachineInstr * EmitKCFICheck(MachineBasicBlock &MBB, MachineBasicBlock::instr_iterator &MBBI, const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const
void setMinStackArgumentAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if Load and Ext can form an ExtLoad.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
virtual bool isLegalScaleForGatherScatter(uint64_t Scale, uint64_t ElemSize) const
EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than zero-extension.
virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce ordering for this atomic.
virtual AtomicOrdering atomicOperationOrderAfterFenceSplit(const Instruction *I) const
MVT getVectorIdxTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT...
bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(LLT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
LLT handling variant.
virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT) const
Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to expand memcpy / memset inline.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicCmpXchg(AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI) const
Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicRMWArg(unsigned Op) const
Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input argument to be extended (ZERO_EXT...
const TargetMachine & getTargetMachine() const
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmp
Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
virtual unsigned getNumRegistersForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types.
bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const
Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const Instruction &I) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add target-specific MachineMemOperand fl...
unsigned MaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy
Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy implicitly zero-extends the...
bool isPaddedAtMostSignificantBitsWhenStored(EVT VT) const
Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits when storing the type to me...
virtual MVT getRegisterTypeForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types are legal for some operations a...
void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type in a single call.
LegalizeTypeAction
This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not, what action should be used to...
virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const
If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the frame pointer (or whichever poi...
unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const
Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction the backend supports.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicRMWIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicRMWInst *AI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr, Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const
Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setTruncStoreAction...
bool enableExtLdPromotion() const
Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that turns ext(promotableInst1(....
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode, LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with the specified type and ind...
void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes)
bool isOperationLegalOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal using promotion.
void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn=true)
Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth)
Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction: (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0 This knowledge can be us...
MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicCmpXchgInIR(const AtomicCmpXchgInst *AI) const
Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const
EVT getLegalTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
virtual Value * emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the corresponding pointee type.
void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
const LibcallLoweringInfo & getLibcallLoweringInfo() const
virtual unsigned getNumRegisters(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, std::optional< MVT > RegisterVT=std::nullopt) const
Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const
Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
bool isJumpExpensive() const
Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be avoided.
virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const
LegalizeAction getCondCodeAction(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be expanded to some oth...
bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const
Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x) On arch...
LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the specified type and indicate w...
CallingConv::ID getLibcallImplCallingConv(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall implementation.
void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred loop alignment.
virtual bool areTwoSDNodeTargetMMOFlagsMergeable(const MemSDNode &NodeX, const MemSDNode &NodeY) const
Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the backend.
virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat &, EVT, bool ForCodeSize=false) const
Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP immediate natively.
LegalizeAction getTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to ...
virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type at the given index is cheap.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool optimizeFMulOrFDivAsShiftAddBitcast(SDNode *N, SDValue FPConst, SDValue IntPow2) const
SelectSupportKind
Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const
LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
virtual bool shouldTransformSignedTruncationCheck(EVT XVT, unsigned KeptBits) const
Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation down into KeptBits would be trun...
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode, EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const
Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified register class are all legal.
virtual TargetLoweringBase::LegalizeTypeAction getPreferredVectorAction(MVT VT) const
Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding whether a call is in tail ...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type is legal.
virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const
Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires extending.
virtual unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are always broken down into scal...
Register getStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore() const
If a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save...
virtual StringRef getStackProbeSymbolName(const MachineFunction &MF) const
LegalizeAction getFixedPointOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but only for specific scales.
virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const
bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicOps() const
Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND,...
Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference() const
Return target scheduling preference.
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(EVT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
virtual LLT getOptimalMemOpLLT(const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
LLT returning variant.
void setMinFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's minimum function alignment.
bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether the type is legal or not.
virtual ExtractSubvectorCost getExtractSubvectorCost(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT, unsigned Index) const
Return the cost of extracting a subvector of type ResVT from a vector of type SrcVT,...
virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemsetOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const
Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into a constant pool load whose a...
bool hasBigEndianPartOrdering(EVT VT, const DataLayout &DL) const
When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo or Hi part come first?
virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty string if not applicable.
bool isSlowDivBypassed() const
Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
virtual Align getABIAlignmentForCallingConv(Type *ArgTy, const DataLayout &DL) const
Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one type has the alignment requi...
virtual bool isMulAddWithConstProfitable(SDValue AddNode, SDValue ConstNode) const
Return true if it may be profitable to transform (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x,...
virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const
Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
bool isPartialReduceMLALegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is legal or custom for this targ...
virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmove
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
virtual bool shouldNormalizeToSelectSequence(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT CCVT) const
Returns true if we should normalize select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X,...
bool isSuitableForBitTests(const DenseMap< const BasicBlock *, unsigned int > &DestCmps, const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case clusters which contains NumDests ...
virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const
Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Sele...
virtual bool shallExtractConstSplatVectorElementToStore(Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const
Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store given that the vector is kno...
virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type ToTy.
virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const
Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that can be used to store the results...
unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const
Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp.
bool isStrictFPEnabled() const
Return true if the target support strict float operation.
virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const
Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given amount is not profitable.
virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic semantics for pointers wit...
virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because single-precision floating-point numb...
virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
virtual bool lowerInterleavedStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics.
virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmoveOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithSingleBitTest(EVT VT, const APInt &AndMask) const
MVT getSimpleValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const
For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits of boolean values held in ty...
virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const
void addRegisterClass(MVT VT, const TargetRegisterClass *RC)
Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the specified value type.
virtual CondMergingParams getJumpConditionMergingParams(Instruction::BinaryOps, const Value *, const Value *, const Function *) const
bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of the specified types on this ...
virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx, unsigned &Cost) const
Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,Idx).
bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
MVT getProgramPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program address space specified through...
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the specified type and indicate ...
ExtractSubvectorCost
Enum that specifies how expensive lowering an EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is.
virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const
void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported)
Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const
Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const
These two forms are equivalent: sub y, (xor x, -1) add (add x, 1), y The variant with two add's is IR...
virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const
If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant of the specified type to a ...
virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the data layou...
void setPrefFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred function alignment.
unsigned getMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the target has add instruction...
virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const
Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const
Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register passed to the fp16 to fp conve...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicRMWIInIR(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work with the specified type and in...
virtual bool canTransformPtrArithOutOfBounds(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds in...
virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const
const ValueTypeActionImpl & getValueTypeActions() const
virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM, const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI)
NOTE: The TargetMachine owns TLOF.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemset
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const
virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const
Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done instead of deferring to a cust...
virtual bool shouldProduceAndByConstByHoistingConstFromShiftsLHSOfAnd(SDValue X, ConstantSDNode *XC, ConstantSDNode *CC, SDValue Y, unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Given the pattern (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 return true if it should be transformed into: ((X <</l>>...
virtual bool shouldInsertTrailingSeqCstFenceForAtomicStore(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing fence without reducing the or...
virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treate...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the specified type and indicate what ...
bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for operands of fence.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicCmpXchgIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicCmpSwapArg() const
Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison value to be extended (ZERO_...
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT, unsigned SelectOpcode, SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity constant is profitable.
BooleanContent
Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF, bool IsScalable) const
virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const
Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of several shifts,...
virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy preferredShiftLegalizationStrategy(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDNode *N, unsigned ExpansionFactor) const
virtual uint8_t getRepRegClassCostFor(MVT VT) const
Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
bool isOperationLegalOrCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
LegalizeAction getPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treated.
bool isPredictableSelectExpensive() const
Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is unlikely to be predicted right...
virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const
Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition to before legalization.
virtual bool shouldIssueAtomicLoadForAtomicEmulationLoop(void) const
virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const
Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there are functions calls betwee...
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const
Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise RTLIB::Unsupported.
virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const
unsigned getGatherAllAliasesMaxDepth() const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomOperationAction(SDNode &Op) const
How to legalize this custom operation?
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const
IR version.
virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target should transform: (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0 (X & Y) !...
virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT, unsigned NumElem, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector constant with the given size and ...
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmpOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const
Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare integer values of the give...
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const
Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const
Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to DestVT.
LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a ...
virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const
Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val from a pair of smaller values int...
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const
Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together.
virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
virtual bool shouldFoldMaskToVariableShiftPair(SDValue X) const
There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high): Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine c...
virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const
Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not MinSize).
unsigned getMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported() const
Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by the backend.
bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits)
Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Opcodes, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
LegalizeAction getStrictFPOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
void setStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore(Register R)
If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm....
virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const
void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults to trying a larger integer/...
virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst *, SmallVectorImpl< Value * > &, Type *&) const
CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store instructions reading the add...
virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const
AtomicExpansionKind
Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded to, if at all.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the target and indicate what to d...
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent IntTy, BooleanContent FloatTy)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
const DenseMap< unsigned int, unsigned int > & getBypassSlowDivWidths() const
Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding fast types.
void setOperationPromotedToType(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
unsigned getMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, LLT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this target.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
virtual void getTgtMemIntrinsic(SmallVectorImpl< IntrinsicInfo > &Infos, const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF, unsigned Intrinsic) const
Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map to a MemIntrinsicNode (tou...
virtual bool shouldExpandCttzElements(EVT VT) const
Return true if the @llvm.experimental.cttz.elts intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Se...
virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const
Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to a larger type.
virtual bool lowerInterleaveIntrinsicToStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< Value * > InterleaveValues) const
Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
AndOrSETCCFoldKind
Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...), (setcc ....
virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const
Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an extract element followed by a ...
Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const
Return the preferred function alignment.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const
Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const
Return the minimum function alignment.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
void setTargetDAGCombine(ArrayRef< ISD::NodeType > NTs)
Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that they want to provide a custom...
virtual bool isCtlzFast() const
Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
virtual bool useSoftFloat() const
virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x,...
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(EVT Type) const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setLoadExtAction an...
bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset, int64_t MaxOffset) const
Return the prefered common base offset.
virtual bool isVectorClearMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal.
LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to happen to EVT (second) in ord...
Align getMinStackArgumentAlignment() const
Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT, bool IsSigned) const
Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT conversion operations - canonica...
void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the specified type and indicate wh...
bool hasTargetDAGCombine(ISD::NodeType NT) const
If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can perform for the specified node...
void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl)
virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const
unsigned GatherAllAliasesMaxDepth
Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain dependencies when trying to find a more...
virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const
Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef vector is more efficiently hand...
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
NegatibleCost
Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already legal (return 'Legal') or we ...
virtual unsigned preferedOpcodeForCmpEqPiecesOfOperand(EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate, const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt, const std::optional< APInt > &AndMask) const
virtual void emitCmpArithAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const
Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
virtual Register getExceptionPointerRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception address on entry to an ...
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const
Returns true if MI can be combined with another instruction to form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
bool supportsUnalignedAtomics() const
Whether the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
const char * getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is the target has add instructi...
std::vector< ArgListEntry > ArgListTy
virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst *, unsigned &, Align &) const
Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning the object whose address is ...
virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const
Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this target.
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const MemSDNode &Node) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
virtual EVT getOptimalMemOpType(LLVMContext &Context, const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as a result of memset,...
virtual Type * shouldConvertSplatType(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) const
Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new scalar type of size equal to SVI...
virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free (either because it's implicit...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const
virtual LLVM_READONLY LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const
Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted amount type is ShiftValueTy.
bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const
Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.
LLT getVectorIdxLLT(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,...
virtual EVT getAsmOperandValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
bool isCondCodeLegalOrCustom(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a comparison of the specified type...
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpy
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
MVT getFrameIndexTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for frame index, which is determined by the alloca address space specified through th...
virtual Register getExceptionSelectorRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception typeid on entry to a la...
virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the ...
bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
void setSchedulingPreference(Sched::Preference Pref)
Specify the target scheduling preference.
virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const
Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local storage (TLS).
MVT getRegisterType(MVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom on this target.
virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const
Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored or bitcast to type 'To',...
virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a store instruction.
virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const
Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code gen prepare.
LegalizeAction getOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger siz...
virtual bool lowerInterleavedLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< ShuffleVectorInst * > Shuffles, ArrayRef< unsigned > Indices, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics.
virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations.
MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const
If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the ValueType to promote to.
virtual bool generateFMAsInMachineCombiner(EVT VT, CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const
virtual LoadInst * lowerIdempotentRMWIntoFencedLoad(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value (such as fetch_add of 0) can b...
virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM, Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Instruction *I=nullptr) const
Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this target, for a load/store of th...
virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT, Align &) const
Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load two loaded values of type LoadedType...
virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const
Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be transformed into simple math ops...
bool isOperationLegalOrCustomOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
virtual bool optimizeExtendOrTruncateConversion(Instruction *I, Loop *L, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const
Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like zext, trunc,...
virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const
Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes: ISD::VP_ADD, ISD::VP_SUB,...
std::pair< LegalizeTypeAction, EVT > LegalizeKind
LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT in order to type-legalize it.
TargetLoweringBase & operator=(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
MulExpansionKind
Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
static ISD::NodeType getExtendForContent(BooleanContent Content)
const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo & getRuntimeLibcallsInfo() const
virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const
Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type VT.
virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const
Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
virtual ConstraintWeight getMultipleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const
Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
SmallVector< ConstraintPair > ConstraintGroup
virtual SDValue getSqrtEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps, bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const
Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square roots.
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const MachineInstr &MI, bool IsAfterLegal) const
GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its oper...
virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const
Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode *, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, SelectionDAG &) const
This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the target, and the operation was reg...
virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &) const
Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node only.
virtual bool supportSwiftError() const
Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute.
virtual SDValue visitMaskedLoad(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr, SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const
virtual unsigned getPreferredShrunkVectorSizeInBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts) const
If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the returned size in bits by c...
SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive.
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue N0, SDValue N1) const
virtual EVT getTypeForExtReturn(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, ISD::NodeType) const
Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a zeroext/signext integer return value.
SDValue getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, const NegatibleCost CostThreshold=NegatibleCost::Neutral, unsigned Depth=0) const
virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char *RegName, LLT Ty, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Return the register ID of the name passed in.
virtual InlineAsm::ConstraintCode getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const
virtual bool targetShrinkDemandedConstant(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
std::vector< AsmOperandInfo > AsmOperandInfoVector
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalConstantNode(SDValue Op) const
Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the target, which should not be ...
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const
Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and not be transformed.
SDValue getCheaperNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only when the cost is cheaper.
virtual SDValue prepareVolatileOrAtomicLoad(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
virtual SDValue emitStackGuardMixFP(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Val, const SDLoc &DL) const
virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad blocks.
virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const
Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const
virtual bool splitValueIntoRegisterParts(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register storing a legal type.
virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue, EVT &) const
This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to promote the specified node.
virtual SDValue joinRegisterPartsIntoValue(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value.
virtual void insertCopiesSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry, const SmallVectorImpl< MachineBasicBlock * > &Exits) const
Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks.
virtual SDValue LowerCall(CallLoweringInfo &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified DAG.
virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned, EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type and it is 'desirable' to us...
~TargetLowering() override
TargetLowering & operator=(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const
GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine: shl ([sza]ext x),...
bool isPositionIndependent() const
std::pair< StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType > ConstraintPair
virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, NegatibleCost &Cost, unsigned Depth=0) const
Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and set the cost in Cost to indicate...
virtual ConstraintWeight getSingleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const
Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
virtual bool isIndexingLegal(MachineInstr &MI, Register Base, Register Offset, bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const
Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing mode for this target.
ConstraintGroup getConstraintPreferences(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo) const
Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a sorted Vector of pairs of constra...
virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const
Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly via copies.
virtual bool isSDNodeSourceOfDivergence(const SDNode *N, FunctionLoweringInfo *FLI, UniformityInfo *UA) const
virtual SDValue getRecipEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const
Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
virtual std::pair< unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass * > getRegForInlineAsmConstraint(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const
Given a physical register constraint (e.g.
virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode *N) const
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift to create a logical shift of NOT...
TargetLowering(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool shouldSimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by converting them to undefs.
virtual SDValue LowerFormalArguments(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::InputArg > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments, described by the Ins array,...
virtual AsmOperandInfoVector ParseConstraints(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, const CallBase &Call) const
Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the specific constraints and their...
virtual SDValue getSqrtResultForDenormInput(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for use with a square root esti...
virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if this node ...
virtual bool shouldSplitFunctionArgumentsAsLittleEndian(const DataLayout &DL) const
For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple smaller types.
virtual ArrayRef< MCPhysReg > getRoundingControlRegisters() const
Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be attached into strict FP call.
virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, const SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described by the Outs array,...
virtual bool functionArgumentNeedsConsecutiveRegisters(Type *Ty, CallingConv::ID CallConv, bool isVarArg, const DataLayout &DL) const
For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple simple types,...
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const SDNode *N, CombineLevel Level) const
Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its operand,...
virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo, SDValue Op, SelectionDAG *DAG=nullptr) const
Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific AsmOperandInfo,...
virtual SDValue visitMaskedStore(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val, SDValue Mask) const
virtual const MCExpr * LowerCustomJumpTableEntry(const MachineJumpTableInfo *, const MachineBasicBlock *, unsigned, MCContext &) const
virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const
virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const
If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering ...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as LC.
virtual FastISel * createFastISel(FunctionLoweringInfo &, const TargetLibraryInfo *, const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const
This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the target does not support "fast" ...
virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const
Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same divisor.
virtual AndOrSETCCFoldKind isDesirableToCombineLogicOpOfSETCC(const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const
virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const
Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
virtual const MCPhysReg * getScratchRegisters(CallingConv::ID CC) const
Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as scratch registers.
virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if the node's...
SDValue getVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index, const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags=SDNodeFlags()) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const
Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given machine function is handled ex...
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, Register N0, Register N1) const
virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const
Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail call.
virtual bool isInlineAsmTargetBranch(const SmallVectorImpl< StringRef > &AsmStrs, unsigned OpNo) const
On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP instruction, which can use eithe...
SDValue getInboundsVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC, ArgListTy &Args) const
virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID, MachineFunction &, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, LLVMContext &, const Type *RetTy) const
This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values described by the Outs array can fi...
virtual bool isXAndYEqZeroPreferableToXAndYEqY(ISD::CondCode, EVT) const
virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned, EVT) const
Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating point op of specified opcode...
Primary interface to the complete machine description for the target machine.
TargetRegisterInfo base class - We assume that the target defines a static array of TargetRegisterDes...
TargetSubtargetInfo - Generic base class for all target subtargets.
This pass provides access to the codegen interfaces that are needed for IR-level transformations.
Target - Wrapper for Target specific information.
The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created, they are never changed.
Definition Type.h:46
bool isVectorTy() const
True if this is an instance of VectorType.
Definition Type.h:288
bool isPointerTy() const
True if this is an instance of PointerType.
Definition Type.h:282
bool isFloatingPointTy() const
Return true if this is one of the floating-point types.
Definition Type.h:186
bool isIntegerTy() const
True if this is an instance of IntegerType.
Definition Type.h:257
This is the common base class for vector predication intrinsics.
LLVM Value Representation.
Definition Value.h:75
Type * getType() const
All values are typed, get the type of this value.
Definition Value.h:255
CallInst * Call
#define UINT64_MAX
Definition DataTypes.h:77
#define llvm_unreachable(msg)
Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
unsigned ID
LLVM IR allows to use arbitrary numbers as calling convention identifiers.
Definition CallingConv.h:24
@ C
The default llvm calling convention, compatible with C.
Definition CallingConv.h:34
NodeType
ISD::NodeType enum - This enum defines the target-independent operators for a SelectionDAG.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:41
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SMLA
PARTIAL_REDUCE_[U|S]MLA(Accumulator, Input1, Input2) The partial reduction nodes sign or zero extend ...
@ SMUL_LOHI
SMUL_LOHI/UMUL_LOHI - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing a signed/unsigned value of type i[2...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:275
@ SMULFIX
RESULT = [US]MULFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point multiplication on 2 integers with the same...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:394
@ ADDC
Carry-setting nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:294
@ FMAD
FMAD - Perform a * b + c, while getting the same result as the separately rounded operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:524
@ ADD
Simple integer binary arithmetic operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:264
@ SMULFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:400
@ ANY_EXTEND
ANY_EXTEND - Used for integer types. The high bits are undefined.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:863
@ PSEUDO_FMIN
PSEUDO_FMIN is strictly equivalent to op0 olt op1 ?
@ FADD
Simple binary floating point operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:417
@ CLMUL
Carry-less multiplication operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:780
@ SDIVFIX
RESULT = [US]DIVFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point division on 2 integers with the same width...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:407
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_UMLA
@ SIGN_EXTEND
Conversion operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:854
@ AVGCEILS
AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU - Rounding averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+2],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:717
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_FMLA
@ BRIND
BRIND - Indirect branch.
@ BR_JT
BR_JT - Jumptable branch.
@ SSUBSAT
RESULT = [US]SUBSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation subtraction on 2 integers with the same bit width ...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:374
@ SPLAT_VECTOR
SPLAT_VECTOR(VAL) - Returns a vector with the scalar value VAL duplicated in all lanes.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:674
@ SADDO
RESULT, BOOL = [SU]ADDO(LHS, RHS) - Overflow-aware nodes for addition.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:348
@ MULHU
MULHU/MULHS - Multiply high - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing an unsigned/signed value of...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:706
@ SHL
Shift and rotation operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:771
@ FMINNUM_IEEE
FMINNUM_IEEE/FMAXNUM_IEEE - Perform floating-point minimumNumber or maximumNumber on two values,...
@ ZERO_EXTEND
ZERO_EXTEND - Used for integer types, zeroing the new bits.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:860
@ FMINNUM
FMINNUM/FMAXNUM - Perform floating-point minimum maximum on two values, following IEEE-754 definition...
@ SMIN
[US]{MIN/MAX} - Binary minimum or maximum of signed or unsigned integers.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:729
@ SDIVFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:413
@ STRICT_FP_TO_UINT
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:480
@ STRICT_FP_TO_SINT
STRICT_FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:479
@ FMINIMUM
FMINIMUM/FMAXIMUM - NaN-propagating minimum/maximum that also treat -0.0 as less than 0....
@ FP_TO_SINT
FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:936
@ AND
Bitwise operators - logical and, logical or, logical xor.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:741
@ AVGFLOORS
AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU - Averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+1],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:712
@ ADDE
Carry-using nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:304
@ SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS
SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS(SCALAR1, SCALAR2, ...) - Returns a vector with the scalar values joined together a...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:683
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SUMLA
@ SADDSAT
RESULT = [US]ADDSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation addition on 2 integers with the same bit width (W)...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:365
@ FMINIMUMNUM
FMINIMUMNUM/FMAXIMUMNUM - minimumnum/maximumnum that is same with FMINNUM_IEEE and FMAXNUM_IEEE besid...
@ ABDS
ABDS/ABDU - Absolute difference - Return the absolute difference between two numbers interpreted as s...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:724
static const int LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE
MemIndexedMode
MemIndexedMode enum - This enum defines the load / store indexed addressing modes.
CondCode
ISD::CondCode enum - These are ordered carefully to make the bitfields below work out,...
LoadExtType
LoadExtType enum - This enum defines the three variants of LOADEXT (load with extension).
This namespace contains an enum with a value for every intrinsic/builtin function known by LLVM.
@ System
Synchronized with respect to all concurrently executing threads.
Definition LLVMContext.h:58
This namespace contains all of the command line option processing machinery.
Definition MCSchedule.h:35
This is an optimization pass for GlobalISel generic memory operations.
GenericUniformityInfo< SSAContext > UniformityInfo
@ Low
Lower the current thread's priority such that it does not affect foreground tasks significantly.
Definition Threading.h:280
@ Offset
Definition DWP.cpp:578
void fill(R &&Range, T &&Value)
Provide wrappers to std::fill which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1759
LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType, AttributeList attr, SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &Outs, const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL)
Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value EVTs and flags,...
InstructionCost Cost
@ Known
Known to have no common set bits.
decltype(auto) dyn_cast(const From &Val)
dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:643
bool isAligned(Align Lhs, uint64_t SizeInBytes)
Checks that SizeInBytes is a multiple of the alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:134
@ Load
The value being inserted comes from a load (InsertElement only).
@ Store
The extracted value is stored (ExtractElement only).
constexpr int popcount(T Value) noexcept
Count the number of set bits in a value.
Definition bit.h:156
unsigned Log2_64(uint64_t Value)
Return the floor log base 2 of the specified value, -1 if the value is zero.
Definition MathExtras.h:338
LLVM_ABI bool isConstTrueVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Returns true if given the TargetLowering's boolean contents information, the value Val contains a tru...
Definition Utils.cpp:1604
FPClassTest
Floating-point class tests, supported by 'is_fpclass' intrinsic.
CodeGenOptLevel
Code generation optimization level.
Definition CodeGen.h:149
@ Default
-O2, -Os, -Oz
Definition CodeGen.h:152
bool isa(const From &Val)
isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one of the template type argu...
Definition Casting.h:547
LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT AnalysisKey InnerAnalysisManagerProxy< AnalysisManagerT, IRUnitT, ExtraArgTs... >::Key
AtomicOrdering
Atomic ordering for LLVM's memory model.
LLVM_ABI EVT getApproximateEVTForLLT(LLT Ty, LLVMContext &Ctx)
TargetTransformInfo TTI
CombineLevel
Definition DAGCombine.h:15
@ AfterLegalizeDAG
Definition DAGCombine.h:19
@ AfterLegalizeVectorOps
Definition DAGCombine.h:18
@ BeforeLegalizeTypes
Definition DAGCombine.h:16
uint16_t MCPhysReg
An unsigned integer type large enough to represent all physical registers, but not necessarily virtua...
Definition MCRegister.h:21
LLVM_ABI bool isInTailCallPosition(const CallBase &Call, const TargetMachine &TM, bool ReturnsFirstArg=false)
Test if the given instruction is in a position to be optimized with a tail-call.
Definition Analysis.cpp:539
DWARFExpression::Operation Op
LLVM_ABI bool isConstFalseVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Definition Utils.cpp:1617
constexpr unsigned BitWidth
OutputIt move(R &&Range, OutputIt Out)
Provide wrappers to std::move which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1917
UndefPoisonKind
Enumeration to track whether we are interested in Undef, Poison, or both.
Definition UndefPoison.h:20
static cl::opt< unsigned > CostThreshold("dfa-cost-threshold", cl::desc("Maximum cost accepted for the transformation"), cl::Hidden, cl::init(50))
MCRegisterClass TargetRegisterClass
Definition FastISel.h:58
LLVM_ABI void reportFatalUsageError(Error Err)
Report a fatal error that does not indicate a bug in LLVM.
Definition Error.cpp:177
Implement std::hash so that hash_code can be used in STL containers.
Definition BitVector.h:878
#define N
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (non-zero power of two) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:39
constexpr uint64_t value() const
This is a hole in the type system and should not be abused.
Definition Alignment.h:77
Represent subnormal handling kind for floating point instruction inputs and outputs.
Extended Value Type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:35
bool isSimple() const
Test if the given EVT is simple (as opposed to being extended).
Definition ValueTypes.h:145
static EVT getVectorVT(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, unsigned NumElements, bool IsScalable=false)
Returns the EVT that represents a vector NumElements in length, where each element is of type VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:70
bool bitsLT(EVT VT) const
Return true if this has less bits than VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:323
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:155
TypeSize getSizeInBits() const
Return the size of the specified value type in bits.
Definition ValueTypes.h:396
bool isByteSized() const
Return true if the bit size is a multiple of 8.
Definition ValueTypes.h:266
static LLVM_ABI EVT getEVT(Type *Ty, bool HandleUnknown=false)
Return the value type corresponding to the specified type.
MVT getSimpleVT() const
Return the SimpleValueType held in the specified simple EVT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:339
bool isVector() const
Return true if this is a vector value type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:176
bool isExtended() const
Test if the given EVT is extended (as opposed to being simple).
Definition ValueTypes.h:150
bool isScalarInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer, but not a vector.
Definition ValueTypes.h:165
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:160
ConstraintInfo()=default
Default constructor.
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (power of two) or undefined (0) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:106
bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isFixedDstAlign() const
uint64_t size() const
static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile)
Align getDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const
bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile, bool MemcpyStrSrc=false)
bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmoveWithFixedDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const
bool isMemmove() const
bool isMemset() const
bool isMemcpy() const
static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile)
bool isZeroMemset() const
bool isVolatile() const
Align getSrcAlign() const
A simple container for information about the supported runtime calls.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl CallImpl)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
These are IR-level optimization flags that may be propagated to SDNodes.
This represents an addressing mode of: BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*...
std::optional< unsigned > fallbackAddressSpace
PointerUnion< const Value *, const PseudoSourceValue * > ptrVal
This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
AsmOperandInfo(InlineAsm::ConstraintInfo Info)
Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
MVT ConstraintVT
The ValueType for the operand value.
TargetLowering::ConstraintType ConstraintType
Information about the constraint code, e.g.
std::string ConstraintCode
This contains the actual string for the code, like "m".
Value * CallOperandVal
If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null, otherwise it is the incoming operand...
This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering calls.
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergent(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDeactivationSymbol(GlobalValue *Sym)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(Type *ResultType, FunctionType *FTy, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, const CallBase &Call)
CallLoweringInfo & setCFIType(const ConstantInt *Type)
CallLoweringInfo & setInRegister(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
SmallVector< ISD::InputArg, 32 > Ins
CallLoweringInfo & setVarArg(bool Value=true)
Type * OrigRetTy
Original unlegalized return type.
std::optional< PtrAuthInfo > PAI
CallLoweringInfo & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setZExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPatchPoint(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDebugLoc(const SDLoc &dl)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
CallLoweringInfo & setTailCall(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPreallocated(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setSExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergenceControlToken(SDValue Token)
SmallVector< ISD::OutputArg, 32 > Outs
Type * RetTy
Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
CallLoweringInfo & setChain(SDValue InChain)
CallLoweringInfo & setPtrAuth(PtrAuthInfo Value)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, AttributeSet ResultAttrs={})
DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setTypeListBeforeSoften(ArrayRef< EVT > OpsVT, EVT RetVT)
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsSigned(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setOpsTypeOverrides(ArrayRef< Type * > OpsTypes)
Override the argument type for an operand.
This structure contains the information necessary for lowering pointer-authenticating indirect calls.
A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for returning information from TargetL...
TargetLoweringOpt(SelectionDAG &InDAG, bool LT, bool LO)